CN115696392A - Communication method and communication device - Google Patents

Communication method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN115696392A
CN115696392A CN202111223091.1A CN202111223091A CN115696392A CN 115696392 A CN115696392 A CN 115696392A CN 202111223091 A CN202111223091 A CN 202111223091A CN 115696392 A CN115696392 A CN 115696392A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
measurement
reference signal
terminal device
indication information
criterion
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202111223091.1A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李晨琬
陈磊
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2022/106433 priority Critical patent/WO2023005730A1/en
Publication of CN115696392A publication Critical patent/CN115696392A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The application provides a communication method and a device, wherein the communication method comprises the following steps: the method comprises the steps that terminal equipment receives first indication information sent by network equipment, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating the terminal equipment to carry out first judgment on a reference signal of a first reference signal type, and the first judgment is used for judging whether the relation between the measurement value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and a first threshold meets a first criterion or not; the terminal equipment measures a reference signal of a first reference signal type in a connected state to obtain a first measured value; and the terminal equipment sends second indication information to the network equipment, wherein the second indication information is used for indicating that the relation between the first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion. The communication method provided by the application indicates which reference signal is used by the terminal device for measurement, the terminal device judges whether the first criterion is met or not according to the measurement result and reports the first criterion to the network device, and when the network device indicates the terminal device to perform measurement relaxation, the low power consumption of the terminal device in a connection state is realized.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device

本申请要求于2021年7月28日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202110854658.9、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on July 28, 2021, with application number 202110854658.9, and application title "Communication method and communication device", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference .

技术领域technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,更具体的,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.

背景技术Background technique

随着无线通信的快速发展,为满足和丰富人们的日益增长的需求,第五代移动通信(5th Generation,5G)系统应运而生。能够有效的应对未来爆炸性的移动数据流量增长,并支持海量的设备连接和不断涌现的各类新业务。With the rapid development of wireless communication, in order to meet and enrich people's growing needs, the fifth generation mobile communication (5th Generation, 5G) system came into being. It can effectively cope with the explosive growth of mobile data traffic in the future, and support massive device connections and emerging various new services.

物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)做为5G的组成部分,其市场需求增长迅猛。其中Machine to Machine,M2M,是机器与机器之间通过无线网络互相传递信息和数据的简称,是IoT发展的重要方向。M2M设备多是比较小巧、电池供电的系统,如智能抄表系统,需要对水、电煤气等使用情况进行周期性监测并上报。在5G中,RedCap(reduced capability,减少能力的)终端也是一种IoT设备,具有低功耗低复杂度的要求。因此,在物联网系统中,需要设计新的方案使得终端设备实现较低功耗。As a component of 5G, the Internet of Things (IoT) has a rapidly growing market demand. Among them, Machine to Machine, M2M, is the abbreviation of machine-to-machine transmission of information and data through wireless networks, and is an important direction of IoT development. M2M devices are mostly small, battery-powered systems, such as smart meter reading systems, which need to periodically monitor and report the usage of water, electricity, and gas. In 5G, RedCap (reduced capability, reduced capability) terminal is also an IoT device, which has low power consumption and low complexity requirements. Therefore, in the Internet of Things system, it is necessary to design a new solution to enable terminal devices to achieve lower power consumption.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本申请提供一种通信方法和通信装置,当终端设备处于连接态时,通过第一指示信息指示终端设备测量的第一参考信号类型,终端设备根据第一指示信息对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值,终端设备确定第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,则向网络设备上报。使得连接态的终端设备也可以进行第一准则的判断和上报。在某些情况下,网络设备可以指示终端设备进入测量放松状态,使得终端设备在连接态时实现低功耗。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device. When the terminal equipment is in the connected state, the first indication information is used to indicate the first reference signal type measured by the terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment references the first reference signal type according to the first indication information. The signal is measured to obtain a first measurement value, and the terminal device reports the relationship to the network device after determining that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion. The terminal device in the connected state can also judge and report the first criterion. In some cases, the network device may instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state, so that the terminal device realizes low power consumption in the connected state.

第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则;终端设备在连接态下根据第一指示信息对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,以获取第一测量值;终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a terminal device receives first indication information sent by a network device, the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform a first determination on a reference signal of a first reference signal type, and the first Determining whether the relationship between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion; the terminal device conducts the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information in the connected state. measuring to obtain a first measurement value; the terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion.

通过向终端设备发送第一指示信息,使终端设备获知用哪个参考信号进行测量,然后判断测量得到的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,使连接态的终端设备实现对是否满足第一准则的判定,并向网络设备进行测量结果上报。By sending the first indication information to the terminal device, the terminal device knows which reference signal is used for measurement, and then judges whether the relationship between the measured first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion, so that the terminal device in the connected state realizes the measurement Determine whether the first criterion is satisfied, and report the measurement result to the network device.

该第一准则可以包括静止准则和/或不在小区边缘准则。该第一准则可以用来评估终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息。The first criterion may include a stationary criterion and/or a not at cell edge criterion. The first criterion can be used to evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device.

该第一指示信息由网络设备通过广播或者专用信令向终端设备发送,该第一指示信息可以以测量配置信息或上报配置信息中新定义的测量事件的形式指示。The first indication information is sent by the network device to the terminal device through broadcast or dedicated signaling, and the first indication information may be indicated in the form of a newly defined measurement event in measurement configuration information or reported configuration information.

网络设备向终端设备发送的第一指示信息可以用多种形式进行指示,提供了一种灵活的指示方法。The first indication information sent by the network device to the terminal device may be indicated in various forms, and a flexible indication method is provided.

该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block SSB and/or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在连接态下进入测量放松状态,终端设备在连接态下进入测量放松状态,可以降低终端设备在连接态的功耗。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device receives third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state in the connected state, and the terminal device is in the measurement relaxation state. Entering the measurement relaxation state in the connected state can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device in the connected state.

可选的,该第三指示信息还可以包括定时器信息,该定时器信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态的时长。在该定时器运行期间,终端设备进行测量放松。若在定时器运行期间,终端设备判断不满足第一准则,或者定时器超时后,则终端设备停止进行测量放松。这种方式加强了网络设备对终端设备的控制性,使得测量放松都在网络设备的控制下进行。Optionally, the third indication information may also include timer information, where the timer information is used to indicate the time period for the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state. During the running of this timer, the terminal equipment performs measurement relaxation. If the terminal device determines that the first criterion is not satisfied during the running of the timer, or if the timer expires, the terminal device stops performing measurement relaxation. This method strengthens the control of the network device on the terminal device, so that all measurement relaxations are performed under the control of the network device.

另一方面,网络设备也可以主动向终端设备发送停止或者开始测量放松指示。实现了网络设备的控制性。On the other hand, the network device may also actively send a stop or start measurement relaxation indication to the terminal device. Realized the controllability of network equipment.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示第一阈值。可选的,该第一阈值可以为连接态下第一指示信息中指示的。可选的,该第一阈值可以为空闲态时的阈值,进入连接态时,默认还使用空闲态的第一阈值。可选的,第一指示信息指示偏置量信息,该第一阈值等效于空闲态阈值和偏置量的和。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first indication information is also used to indicate the first threshold. Optionally, the first threshold may be indicated in the first indication information in the connected state. Optionally, the first threshold may be the threshold in the idle state, and when entering the connected state, the first threshold in the idle state is also used by default. Optionally, the first indication information indicates offset information, and the first threshold is equivalent to the sum of the idle state threshold and the offset.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一测量值为终端设备对服务小区的第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量得到的测量值,或,该第一测量值为终端设备对邻小区的第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量得到的测量值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first measurement value is a measurement value obtained by the terminal device measuring a reference signal of the first reference signal type of the serving cell, or, the first measurement value is a measurement value obtained by the terminal device measuring the reference signal of the first reference signal type of the neighboring cell.

网络设备收到测量结果后,可以评估终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息,进而判断是否使能终端设备进行连接态测量放松,使得网络设备根据终端设备的通信状态进行指示,实现了网络设备的控制性。结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第三指示信息中可以包括具体的测量放松的内容,例如,对测量周期进行放松,以更长的周期进行测量,对测量小区进行放松,不测量某些小区,对测量的频率进行放松,不测量某些频率。After the network device receives the measurement result, it can evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device, and then judge whether to enable the terminal device to perform connection state measurement relaxation, so that the network device can indicate according to the communication status of the terminal device, realizing the network device controlling. With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the third indication information may include specific measurement relaxation content, for example, relax the measurement period, perform measurement with a longer period, and measure the cell Relax, do not measure some cells, relax the frequency of measurement, do not measure some frequencies.

第三指示信息指示具体的测量放松内容,可以使终端设备根据网络设备的指示灵活的确定测量放松的内容,实现精准的测量放松,也可以实现网络设备的控制性。The third instruction information indicates specific measurement relaxation content, which can enable the terminal device to flexibly determine the measurement relaxation content according to the instruction of the network device, realize accurate measurement relaxation, and also realize controllability of the network device.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息或第三指示信息还用于指示第一参考信号类型的参考信号在测量放松状态下的测量配置,该第一参考信号类型的参考信号在测量放松状态下的测量配置包括该第一参考信号类型的参考信号在测量放松状态下的第一测量周期。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first indication information or the third indication information is also used to indicate the measurement configuration of the reference signal of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxation state, the first The measurement configuration of the reference signal of the reference signal type in the measurement relaxation state includes a first measurement period of the reference signal of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,该第一指示信息还用于指示第一参考信号类型的参考信号不在测量放松状态下的测量配置,第一参考信号类型的参考信号不在测量放松状态下的测量配置包括第一参考信号类型的参考信号不在测量放松状态下的第二测量周期。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxation state, and the measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxation state includes the first reference The reference signal of signal type is not in the second measurement cycle in the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,该第一测量周期大于该第二测量周期。可以使终端设备在测量放松状态下以更长的周期测量参考信号,节省了终端设备的功耗。Optionally, the first measurement period is greater than the second measurement period. It can make the terminal equipment measure the reference signal with a longer period in the measurement relaxation state, which saves the power consumption of the terminal equipment.

作为示例,网络设备向终端设备指示对测量周期进行测量放松可以通过测量参考信号的配置信息来指示,例如给测量参考信号配置两套及两套以上测量配置信息,其中,每套测量配置信息的测量周期不同,当终端设备满足第一准则或进入测量放松状态时,网络设备可以指示终端设备使用不同的参考信号测量配置。例如,网络设备可以给终端设备配置两套SMTC(SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration,SSB测量定时配置)配置,第一SMTC配置用于不放松测量时使用,第二SMTC配置用于放松测量时使用。同样的,网络设备也可以给CSI-RS配置类似的测量配置信息。具体的,两套SMTC配置对应一个测量频率,或者小区,或者测量对象。As an example, the network device may indicate to the terminal device that the measurement period is relaxed by using the configuration information of the measurement reference signal, for example, configuring two or more sets of measurement configuration information for the measurement reference signal, wherein each set of measurement configuration information The measurement periods are different, and when the terminal device satisfies the first criterion or enters the measurement relaxation state, the network device may instruct the terminal device to use different reference signal measurement configurations. For example, the network device can configure two sets of SMTC (SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration, SSB measurement timing configuration) configurations for the terminal device. The first SMTC configuration is used when the measurement is not relaxed, and the second SMTC configuration is used when the measurement is relaxed. . Similarly, the network device can also configure similar measurement configuration information for the CSI-RS. Specifically, two sets of SMTC configurations correspond to one measurement frequency, or cell, or measurement object.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则,包括:第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系在第一时间内满足第一准则,或,With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first determination is used to determine whether the relationship between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, including: the first determining that a relationship between a measured value of a reference signal of a first reference signal type and a first threshold satisfies a first criterion within a first time, or,

第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系在第二时间内不满足第一准则。The first determination is used to determine that the relationship between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion within the second time.

即第一参考信号累心的测量值和第一阈值的关系满足或不满足第一准则的判定需要该关系达到一定的时间才能判定。That is, the determination whether the relationship between the measured value of the first reference signal core and the first threshold satisfies or does not satisfy the first criterion requires a certain period of time before the relationship can be determined.

可选的,第一时间大于或等于第二时间。Optionally, the first time is greater than or equal to the second time.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送的第二指示信息,可以在一次发送上报过程中,同时上报终端设备对服务小区的n次测量的测量结果,也可以同时上报终端设备对m个邻小区的测量的测量结果。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the second indication information sent by the terminal device to the network device may simultaneously report the measurement results of n times of measurements performed by the terminal device on the serving cell during one sending and reporting process , and also report the measurement results of the terminal device's measurement of the m neighboring cells at the same time.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备进入测量放松状态后,当判断达到某些条件,可以自行离开测量放松状态或根据网络设备的指示离开测量放松状态。作为示例,当第一测量值和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则的持续时间超过第二时间时,终端设备可以离开测量放松状态。应理解,该第二时间小于终端设备判断第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则的持续时间,即第一时间。设置第二时间大于第一时间,可以使终端设备更加快速的离开测量放松状态,保证终端设备在连接态的性能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, after entering the relaxed measurement state, the terminal device may leave the relaxed measurement state by itself or according to the instructions of the network device when it determines that certain conditions are met. As an example, when the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion for a duration longer than the second time, the terminal device may leave the measurement relaxation state. It should be understood that the second time is shorter than the duration for which the terminal device judges that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, that is, the first time. Setting the second time to be greater than the first time can enable the terminal device to leave the measurement relaxation state more quickly and ensure the performance of the terminal device in the connected state.

第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则;网络设备接收终端设备发送的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a network device sends first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform a first determination on a reference signal of a first reference signal type, and the first determination It is used to determine whether the relationship between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion; the network device receives the second indication information sent by the terminal device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement The relationship between the value and the first threshold satisfies a first criterion.

通过向终端设备发送第一指示信息,使终端设备获知用哪个参考信号进行测量,然后判断测量得到的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,使连接态的终端设备实现对是否满足第一准则的判定,并向网络设备进行测量结果上报。By sending the first indication information to the terminal device, the terminal device knows which reference signal is used for measurement, and then judges whether the relationship between the measured first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion, so that the terminal device in the connected state realizes the measurement Determine whether the first criterion is satisfied, and report the measurement result to the network device.

该第一准则可以包括静止准则和/或不在小区边缘准则。该第一准则可以用来评估终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息。The first criterion may include a stationary criterion and/or a not at cell edge criterion. The first criterion can be used to evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device.

该第一指示信息由网络设备通过广播或者专用信令向终端设备发送,该第一指示信息也可以以测量配置中新定义的测量事件的形式指示。The first indication information is sent by the network device to the terminal device through broadcast or dedicated signaling, and the first indication information may also be indicated in the form of a newly defined measurement event in the measurement configuration.

该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block SSB and/or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在连接态下进入测量放松状态,终端设备在连接态下进入测量放松状态,可以降低终端设备在连接态的功耗。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state in the connected state, and the terminal device In the measurement relaxation state, the power consumption of the terminal device in the connection state can be reduced.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示第一阈值。可选的,该第一阈值可以为连接态下第一指示信息中指示的。可选的,该第一阈值可以为空闲态时的阈值,进入连接态时,默认还使用空闲态的第一阈值。可选的,第一指示信息指示偏置量信息,该第一阈值等效于空闲态阈值和偏置量的和。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first indication information is also used to indicate the first threshold. Optionally, the first threshold may be indicated in the first indication information in the connected state. Optionally, the first threshold may be the threshold in the idle state, and when entering the connected state, the first threshold in the idle state is also used by default. Optionally, the first indication information indicates offset information, and the first threshold is equivalent to the sum of the idle state threshold and the offset.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一测量值为终端设备对服务小区的第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量得到的测量值,或,该第一测量值为终端设备对邻小区的第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量得到的测量值。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first measurement value is a measurement value obtained by the terminal device measuring a reference signal of the first reference signal type of the serving cell, or, the first measurement value is a measurement value obtained by the terminal device measuring the reference signal of the first reference signal type of the neighboring cell.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第三指示信息中可以包括具体的测量放松的内容,例如,对测量周期进行放松,以更长的周期进行测量,对测量小区进行放松,不测量某些小区,对测量的频率进行放松,不测量某些频率。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the third indication information may include specific measurement relaxation content, for example, relax the measurement period, perform measurement with a longer period, and measure the cell Relax, do not measure some cells, relax the frequency of measurement, do not measure some frequencies.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息或第三指示信息还用于指示第一参考信号类型的参考信号在测量放松状态下的测量配置,该第一参考信号类型的参考信号在测量放松状态下的测量配置包括该第一参考信号类型的参考信号在测量放松状态下的第一测量周期。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first indication information or the third indication information is also used to indicate the measurement configuration of the reference signal of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxation state, the first The measurement configuration of the reference signal of the reference signal type in the measurement relaxation state includes a first measurement period of the reference signal of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,该第一指示信息还用于指示第一参考信号类型的参考信号不在测量放松状态下的测量配置,第一参考信号类型的参考信号不在测量放松状态下的测量配置包括第一参考信号类型的参考信号不在测量放松状态下的第二测量周期。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxation state, and the measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxation state includes the first reference The reference signal of signal type is not in the second measurement cycle in the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,该第一测量周期大于该第二测量周期。可以使终端设备在测量放松状态下以更长的周期测量参考信号,节省了终端设备的功耗。Optionally, the first measurement period is greater than the second measurement period. It can make the terminal equipment measure the reference signal with a longer period in the measurement relaxation state, which saves the power consumption of the terminal equipment.

作为示例,网络设备向终端设备指示对测量周期进行测量放松可以通过测量参考信号的配置信息来指示,例如给测量参考信号配置两套及两套以上测量配置信息,其中,每套测量配置信息的测量周期不同,当终端设备满足第一准则或进入测量放松状态时,网络设备可以指示终端设备使用不同的参考信号测量配置。例如,网络设备可以给终端设备配置两套SMTC(SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration,SSB测量定时配置)配置,第一SMTC配置用于不放松测量时使用,第二SMTC配置用于放松测量时使用。同样的,网络设备也可以给CSI-RS信号配置类似的测量配置信息。As an example, the network device may indicate to the terminal device that the measurement period is relaxed by using the configuration information of the measurement reference signal, for example, configuring two or more sets of measurement configuration information for the measurement reference signal, wherein each set of measurement configuration information The measurement periods are different, and when the terminal device satisfies the first criterion or enters the measurement relaxation state, the network device may instruct the terminal device to use different reference signal measurement configurations. For example, the network device can configure two sets of SMTC (SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration, SSB measurement timing configuration) configurations for the terminal device. The first SMTC configuration is used when the measurement is not relaxed, and the second SMTC configuration is used when the measurement is relaxed. . Similarly, the network device may also configure similar measurement configuration information for the CSI-RS signal.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则,包括:第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系在第一时间内满足第一准则,或,With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first determination is used to determine whether the relationship between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, including: the first determining that a relationship between a measured value of a reference signal of a first reference signal type and a first threshold satisfies a first criterion within a first time, or,

第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系在第二时间内不满足第一准则。The first determination is used to determine that the relationship between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion within the second time.

即第一参考信号累心的测量值和第一阈值的关系满足或不满足第一准则的判定需要该关系达到一定的时间才能判定。That is, the determination whether the relationship between the measured value of the first reference signal core and the first threshold satisfies or does not satisfy the first criterion requires a certain period of time before the relationship can be determined.

可选的,第一时间大于或等于第二时间。Optionally, the first time is greater than or equal to the second time.

第三指示信息指示具体的测量放松内容,可以使终端设备根据网络设备的指示灵活的确定测量放松的内容,实现精准的测量放松,也可以实现网络设备的控制性。The third instruction information indicates specific measurement relaxation content, which can enable the terminal device to flexibly determine the measurement relaxation content according to the instruction of the network device, realize accurate measurement relaxation, and also realize controllability of the network device.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备接收的终端设备发送的第二指示信息,可以在一次发送上报过程中,同时上报终端设备对服务小区的n次测量的测量结果,也可以同时上报终端设备对m个邻小区的测量的测量结果。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the second indication information sent by the terminal device received by the network device may simultaneously report n measurements of the serving cell by the terminal device during one sending and reporting process As a result, the measurement results of the terminal equipment's measurement of m neighboring cells can also be reported at the same time.

网络设备收到测量结果后,可以评估终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息,进而判断是否使能终端设备进行连接态测量放松,使得网络设备能够根据终端设备的通信状态进行指示,实现了网络设备的控制性。After the network device receives the measurement results, it can evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device, and then judge whether to enable the terminal device to perform connection state measurement relaxation, so that the network device can give instructions according to the communication status of the terminal device, realizing the network device of control.

第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行上述第一方面及其实现方式中的通信方法的各步骤的单元。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, including a unit for performing the steps of the communication method in the first aspect and its implementation manner.

在一种设计中,该通信装置为通信芯片,该通信芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或接口。In one design, the communication device is a communication chip, and the communication chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.

在另一种设计中,所述通信装置为通信设备(例如,终端设备等),通信芯片可以包括用于发送信息的发射机,以及用于接收信息或数据的接收机。In another design, the communication device is a communication device (eg, a terminal device, etc.), and the communication chip may include a transmitter for sending information, and a receiver for receiving information or data.

第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行上述第二方面及其实现方式中的通信方法的各步骤的单元。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a unit for performing the steps of the communication method in the above second aspect and its implementation manner.

在一种设计中,该通信装置为通信芯片,该通信芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或接口。In one design, the communication device is a communication chip, and the communication chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.

在另一种设计中,所述通信装置为通信设备(例如,网络设备等),通信芯片可以包括用于发送信息的发射机,以及用于接收信息或数据的接收机。In another design, the communication device is a communication device (for example, a network device, etc.), and the communication chip may include a transmitter for sending information, and a receiver for receiving information or data.

第五方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括,处理器,存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信设备执行上述第一方面或第二方面及其各实现方式中的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device performs the above-mentioned first aspect or Communication methods in the second aspect and various implementations thereof.

可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.

可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be set separately from the processor.

可选的,该通信设备还包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).

第六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面及其各实现方式中的通信方法。According to a sixth aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), which, when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to perform the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect. The second aspect and the communication methods in each implementation manner thereof.

第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面及其各实现方式中的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or an instruction) which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect. The second aspect and the communication methods in each implementation manner thereof.

第八方面,提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括:至少一个第三方面中任一项所述的装置和第四方面中任一项所述的装置。In an eighth aspect, a communication system is provided, and the system includes: at least one device according to any one of the third aspect and the device according to any one of the fourth aspect.

第九方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一方面或第二方面及其各实现方式中的通信方法。A ninth aspect provides a chip system, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes the above-mentioned The communication method in the first aspect or the second aspect and various implementations thereof.

其中,该芯片系统可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。Wherein, the chip system may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是本申请实施例的系统架构的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture of an embodiment of the present application.

图2是本申请实施例的通信方法的一例的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图3是本申请实施例的通信方法的又一例的示意图。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method in the embodiment of the present application.

图4是本申请实施例的通信方法的另一例的示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application.

图5是本申请实施例的通信方法的再一例的示意图。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method in the embodiment of the present application.

图6是本申请实施例的通信装置的一例的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.

图7是本申请实施例的通信装置的又一例的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another example of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(GlobalSystem of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division MultipleAccess,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long TermEvolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal MobileTelecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperabilityfor Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、未第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统或新无线(New Radio,NR)等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS), Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (Frequency Division Duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex, TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system or new wireless (New Radio, NR) and so on.

本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session InitiationProtocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiment of the present application may refer to user equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a wireless communication function Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc. , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

本申请实施例中的接入网设备,是指将终端接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radioaccess network,RAN)节点(或设备),又可以称为基站。目前,一些RAN节点的举例为:继续演进的节点B(gNB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(NodeB,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiverstation,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。另外,在一种网络结构中,接入网设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。其中包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备将长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中eNB的协议层拆分开,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。接入网设备也可以为读写器设备。The access network device in the embodiment of the present application refers to a radio access network (radioaccess network, RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal to a wireless network, and may also be called a base station. At present, examples of some RAN nodes are: evolved Node B (gNB), transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (NodeB, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc. In addition, in a network structure, the access network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node. The RAN equipment including the CU node and the DU node separates the protocol layer of the eNB in the long term evolution (LTE) system, and the functions of some protocol layers are placed in the centralized control of the CU, and the remaining part or all of the functions of the protocol layer Distributed in the DU, the CU centrally controls the DU. The access network device may also be a reader device.

本申请实施例中的核心网设备,是指网络侧用于管理用户,数据传输以及基站配置的多种功能实体的统称,包括AMF,UPF,SMF等。等,本申请实施例并不限定。The core network equipment in the embodiment of the present application refers to the collective name of various functional entities used to manage users, data transmission and base station configuration on the network side, including AMF, UPF, SMF and so on. Etc., the embodiment of the present application is not limited.

图1是本申请实施例的系统架构。如图1所示,终端设备位于基站提供的一个或多个小区(载波)的覆盖范围内,为终端设备服务的小区可以为一个或多个。当终端设备的服务小区有多个时,终端设备可以按照载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)传输方式工作,也可以按照双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)传输方式工作,也可以按照协作多点传输方式工作。其中,至少一个小区提供多于一种系统参数同时为终端设备提供无线资源。FIG. 1 is a system architecture of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , a terminal device is located within the coverage of one or more cells (carriers) provided by a base station, and there may be one or more cells serving the terminal device. When there are multiple serving cells of the terminal device, the terminal device can work in the carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) transmission mode, or in the dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) transmission mode, or in the coordinated multi-point transmission mode Work. Wherein, at least one cell provides more than one system parameter and simultaneously provides radio resources for the terminal equipment.

图2是本申请实施例的通信方法的一例,如图所示,该方法200包括:FIG. 2 is an example of a communication method in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the method 200 includes:

S210,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。S210, the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device.

具体的,该第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号类型。进一步的,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则。可选的,该第一指示信息还用于指示第一阈值,或者,偏置量信息。需要说明的是,若第一指示信息用于指示偏置量信息,则可能终端设备在空闲态或非激活态已经收到过一次阈值信息,终端设备在该阈值信息的基础上结合偏置量信息用于后续的判断。可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备进入连接态时重新配置的第一阈值。可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备在空闲态时的阈值,终端设备默认使用该空闲态时的阈值继续用于判断。Specifically, the first indication information is used to indicate the first reference signal type. Further, the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform a first determination on the reference signal of the first reference signal type, and the first determination is used to determine the difference between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold Whether the relationship satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the first threshold, or offset information. It should be noted that if the first indication information is used to indicate offset information, it is possible that the terminal device has received the threshold information once in the idle state or inactive state, and the terminal device combines the offset information based on the threshold information The information is used for subsequent judgments. Optionally, the first threshold may be the first threshold reconfigured when the terminal device enters the connected state. Optionally, the first threshold may be a threshold of the terminal device in the idle state, and the terminal device uses the threshold in the idle state by default to continue to be used for judgment.

具体的,该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块(Synchronization SignalBlock,SSB),信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)。需要说明的是,当终端设备处于空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号,当终端设备处于连接态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号和/或CSI-RS信号。Specifically, the first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) and a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS). It should be noted that when the terminal device is in the idle state or inactive state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals, and when the terminal device is in the connected state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals and/or CSI-RS signals.

需要说明的是,在空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备对SSB信号进行测量,在连接态时,终端设备可以对SSB信号进行测量,终端设备也可以对CSI-RS信号进行测量。It should be noted that, in the idle state or the inactive state, the terminal device measures the SSB signal, and in the connected state, the terminal device can measure the SSB signal, and the terminal device can also measure the CSI-RS signal.

在某些实施例中,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示一种第一参考信号类型。可选的,网络设备还可以在第一指示信息以外的信息中单独向终端设备发送第一阈值信息,该第一阈值信息用于指示该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型对应的第一阈值。可选的,网络设备可以不向终端设备发送第一阈值信息,由终端设备默认第一阈值。例如,在连接态时,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,若终端设备未收到第一阈值信息,则终端设备默认使用空闲态时的SSB信号对应的阈值;再例如,在连接态时,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,终端设备还接收到网络设备发送的第一阈值信息,则终端设备使用该第一阈值信息指示的第一阈值判断在使用SSB信号进行测量的测量值是否满足第一准则;又例如,在连接态时,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号,终端设备还接收到网络设备发送的第一阈值信息,则终端设备使用该第一阈值信息指示的第一阈值判断在使用CSI-RS信号进行测量的测量值是否满足第一准则。需要说明的是,该第一阈值信息可以包括在系统消息中,该第一指示信息和该第一阈值信息为两条不同的消息。In some embodiments, the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first reference signal type. Optionally, the network device may also separately send the first threshold information to the terminal device in information other than the first indication information, where the first threshold information is used to indicate the first threshold corresponding to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information. a threshold. Optionally, the network device may not send the first threshold information to the terminal device, and the terminal device defaults to the first threshold. For example, in the connected state, the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device, and the first indication information indicates that the first reference signal type is an SSB signal. If the terminal device does not receive the first threshold information, the terminal device defaults to using The threshold corresponding to the SSB signal in the idle state; for another example, in the connected state, the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device, the first indication information indicates that the first reference signal type is an SSB signal, and the terminal device also receives The first threshold information sent by the network device, the terminal device uses the first threshold indicated by the first threshold information to judge whether the measured value measured using the SSB signal meets the first criterion; for another example, in the connected state, the terminal device receives The first indication information sent by the network device, the first indication information indicates that the first reference signal type is a CSI-RS signal, and the terminal device also receives the first threshold information sent by the network device, then the terminal device uses the first threshold information to indicate The first threshold value is used to determine whether the measured value measured using the CSI-RS signal satisfies the first criterion. It should be noted that the first threshold information may be included in a system message, and the first indication information and the first threshold information are two different messages.

在某些实施例中,网络设备向终端设备发送一个第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示一种参考信号类型和该参考信号类型对应的阈值。在一种可能的实现方式中,预定义多个字段,每个字段对应一种参考信号类型,每个字段对应一条第一指示信息,该字段的值为其对应的参考信号类型的阈值。例如,预定义两个字段,字段A和字段B,字段A对应SSB信号,字段B对应CSI-RS信号,当终端设备接收到一个第一指示信息,该第一指示信息位于字段A,则该第一指示信息用于指示使用SSB信号进行测量,字段A的值为SSB信号对应的阈值,终端设备使用字段A对应的阈值判断在使用SSB信号进行测量的测量值是否满足第一准则。In some embodiments, the network device sends a piece of first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a reference signal type and a threshold corresponding to the reference signal type. In a possible implementation manner, multiple fields are predefined, each field corresponds to a reference signal type, each field corresponds to a piece of first indication information, and the value of the field is a threshold value of its corresponding reference signal type. For example, two fields are predefined, field A and field B. Field A corresponds to the SSB signal, and field B corresponds to the CSI-RS signal. When the terminal device receives a first indication information, the first indication information is located in field A, then the The first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB signal is used for measurement. The value of field A is the threshold corresponding to the SSB signal. The terminal device uses the threshold corresponding to field A to determine whether the measurement value measured using the SSB signal meets the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,网络设备向终端设备发送两个或两个以上第一指示信息,其中,每个第一指示信息用于指示一种参考信号类型和该参考信号类型对应的阈值。例如,预定义两个字段,字段A和字段B,字段A对应SSB信号,字段B对应CSI-RS信号,当终端设备接收到两个第一指示信息,分别位于字段A和字段B,则终端设备可以从两个第一指示信息指示的参考信号类型中选择一个进行第一准则的判断。例如,当终端设备选择使用SSB信号,终端设备使用字段A对应的阈值判断在使用SSB信号进行测量的测量值是否满足第一准则;当终端设备选择使用CSI-RS信号,终端设备使用字段B对应的阈值判断在使用CSI-RS信号进行测量的测量值是否满足第一准则。In some embodiments, the network device sends two or more first indication information to the terminal device, where each first indication information is used to indicate a reference signal type and a threshold corresponding to the reference signal type. For example, two fields are predefined, field A and field B. Field A corresponds to the SSB signal, and field B corresponds to the CSI-RS signal. When the terminal device receives two first indication information, which are respectively located in field A and field B, the terminal The device may select one of the two reference signal types indicated by the first indication information to determine the first criterion. For example, when the terminal device chooses to use the SSB signal, the terminal device uses the threshold corresponding to field A to judge whether the measured value measured using the SSB signal meets the first criterion; when the terminal device chooses to use the CSI-RS signal, the terminal device uses the threshold corresponding to field B. The threshold value of is used to determine whether the measurement value measured using the CSI-RS signal satisfies the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,当终端设备处于连接态时,该第一指示信息可以通过广播或专用信令单独发送,该专用信令可以为无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)重配置消息,或媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)MACCE等消息,本申请实施例对此不做特别限定。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the first indication information may be sent separately through broadcast or dedicated signaling, and the dedicated signaling may be a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration message, Or media access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) MACCE and other messages, which are not particularly limited in this embodiment of the present application.

在某些实施例中,当终端设备处于连接态时,该第一指示信息可以包括在测量配置信息或者上报配置信息中,该第一指示信息指示的内容可以以基于事件触发上报或者周期性上报的事件被定义在上报列表中。该第一指示信息也可以承载在RRC重配置消息中。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the first indication information may be included in the measurement configuration information or the reporting configuration information, and the content indicated by the first indication information may be reported based on event triggering or periodic reporting The events are defined in the escalation list. The first indication information may also be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.

在某些实施例中,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型可以为隐式的指示,例如,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或上报时,终端设备未收到该第一指示信息但默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,或者,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量或者上报时,终端设备未收到第一指示信息但默认使用CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。In some embodiments, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information may be an implicit indication, for example, when the terminal device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal When the device uses the SSB signal for measurement or reporting, the terminal device does not receive the first indication information but uses the SSB signal to perform the measurement for the first determination by default, or, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the measurement received by the terminal device All of the configuration information indicates that when the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement or report, the terminal device does not receive the first indication information but uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement for the first determination by default.

需要说明的是,该测量配置信息中配置了其他方面的测量需求。再例如,该终端设备在连接态时,默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,不需要网络设备发送第一指示信息进行第一参考信号类型的指示。It should be noted that other measurement requirements are configured in the measurement configuration information. For another example, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the SSB signal is used by default to perform the measurement for the first determination, and the network device does not need to send the first indication information to indicate the type of the first reference signal.

需要说明的是,若接收到第一指示信息,则不采用默认的SSB信号进行第一判定的测量,对应的,根据第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型对该类型的参考信号进行第一判定的测量。再例如,该终端设备在空闲态或者非激活态时,网络设备向终端设备广播第一指示信息,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号。对应的,当终端设备由空闲态或者非激活态进入连接态时,可以根据空闲态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型继续进行测量。It should be noted that, if the first indication information is received, the default SSB signal is not used to perform the measurement of the first determination. Correspondingly, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is used for the first determination. A judgmental measurement. For another example, when the terminal device is in the idle state or inactive state, the network device broadcasts first indication information to the terminal device. Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is an SSB signal. Optionally, The first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is a CSI-RS signal. Correspondingly, when the terminal device enters the connected state from the idle state or the inactive state, the measurement may be continued according to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information received in the idle state.

具体的,该第一准则可以包括静止准则,不在小区边缘准则。需要说明的是,该静止准则和不在小区边缘准则可以从一定程度上评估终端设备的大概位置和移动性信息。Specifically, the first criterion may include a stationary criterion and a not-at-the-cell-edge criterion. It should be noted that the stationary criterion and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion can evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device to a certain extent.

具体的,该第一测量值和第一阈值(或第一阈值的偏置量)的关系满足静止准则,则第一参考信号类型的参考信号的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足下列关系:Specifically, the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold (or the offset of the first threshold) satisfies the static criterion, then the relationship between the first measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the following relation:

对于第一参考信号类型为SSB信号:For the first reference signal type is SSB signal:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,即使用SSB信号进行测量时,使用该阈值评估准则。Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref −Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP , where S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold corresponding to the SSB signal, that is, the threshold evaluation criterion is used when the SSB signal is used for measurement. Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measurement value, and Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

可选的,当终端设备测得的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足上述公式或静止准则的维持时间大于或等于第一时间后,终端设备判断SSB信号的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足静止准则,需要说明的是,该第一时间具体名称可以为TSearchDeltaP或Tin,本申请实施例对第一时间的名称不做限定。Optionally, when the relationship between the first measured value measured by the terminal device and the first threshold satisfies the above formula or the maintenance time of the static criterion is greater than or equal to the first time, the terminal device judges that the first measured value of the SSB signal and the first The relationship between the thresholds satisfies the static criterion. It should be noted that the specific name of the first time may be TSearchDeltaP or Tin, and the name of the first time is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

需要说明的是,该第一时间可以为网络设备向终端设备配置的满足静止准则的维持时间。It should be noted that the first time may be a maintenance time configured by the network device to the terminal device to satisfy the static criterion.

需要说明的是,该第一时间可以为在空闲态网络设备向终端设备配置的时间。该第一时间也可以为在连接态网络设备向终端设备配置的时间。需要说明的是,在空闲态和连接态网络设备向终端设备配置的第一时间可以相同,也可以不同。可选的,若在连接态时网络设备不向终端设备配置第一时间或者网络设备指示终端设备使用空闲态或者广播中的配置时,则终端设备可以使用在空闲态时配置的第一时间。It should be noted that the first time may be the time configured by the network device to the terminal device in an idle state. The first time may also be the time configured by the network device to the terminal device in the connected state. It should be noted that the first time when the network device configures the terminal device in the idle state and the connected state may be the same or different. Optionally, if the network device does not configure the first time to the terminal device in the connected state or the network device instructs the terminal device to use the configuration in the idle state or broadcast, the terminal device may use the first time configured in the idle state.

需要说明的是,网络设备也可以向终端设备配置不满足静止准则的维持时间第二时间,用于终端设备判断是否离开测量放松状态,该第二时间具体名称可以为Tout,本申请对此不做限定。本申请将在下文对第二时间展开描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the network device can also configure the terminal device with a second time for the maintenance time that does not meet the static criterion, which is used for the terminal device to judge whether to leave the measurement relaxation state. The specific name of the second time can be Tout, which is not discussed in this application. Do limited. The present application will describe the second time below, and details will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是,第一时间可以大于第二时间,这样可以更加快速的离开测量放松状态,保证终端设备在连接态的性能。可选的,该第一时间也可以等于第二时间,该第一时间也可以小于第二时间,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that the first time may be greater than the second time, so that the measurement relaxation state can be left more quickly and the performance of the terminal device in the connected state can be guaranteed. Optionally, the first time may also be equal to the second time, or the first time may be less than the second time, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

可选的,该满足静止准则的维持时间第一时间和不满足静止准则的维持时间第二时间可以通过RRC消息进行配置。可选的,该满足静止准则的维持时间第一时间和不满足静止准则的维持时间第二时间可以通过测量配置中的报告配置进行配置,即网络设备可以向终端设备同时发送第一时间和第二时间的配置信息,具体的,网络设备向终端设备同时配置第一时间和第二时间的一种方式可以为第一时间和第二时间为一个测量事件的两个触发时间。Optionally, the first time of the maintenance time meeting the static criterion and the second maintenance time not meeting the static criterion may be configured through an RRC message. Optionally, the first time of the maintenance time that meets the static criterion and the second time of the maintenance time that does not meet the static criterion can be configured through the report configuration in the measurement configuration, that is, the network device can send the first time and the second time to the terminal device at the same time. The configuration information of the second time, specifically, a manner in which the network device simultaneously configures the first time and the second time to the terminal device may be that the first time and the second time are two trigger times of a measurement event.

可选的,若该测量值和第一阈值的关系在第三时间内一直不满足第一准则,终端设备则将驻留小区或者服务小区的Srxlev设置为SrxlevRef。可选的,该第三时间是网络设备向终端设备指示的。可选的,该第三时间是终端设备默认的。第三时间可以与第一时间或者第二时间相同。需要说明的是,对于不在小区边缘准则也有类似的维持时间的配置,可以参考上述静止准则的维持时间的配置,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。Optionally, if the relationship between the measured value and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion within the third time, the terminal device sets Srxlev of the camping cell or the serving cell as Srxlev Ref . Optionally, the third time is indicated by the network device to the terminal device. Optionally, the third time is defaulted by the terminal device. The third time may be the same as the first time or the second time. It should be noted that for the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell, there is a similar configuration of the maintenance time, and reference can be made to the configuration of the maintenance period of the above static criterion, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.

对于第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号:For the first reference signal type is a CSI-RS signal:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。具体的,阈值与偏置量的名称在本申请实施例只表示一种名称的示例,也可以使用其他名称,本申请实施例对此不做限定。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received when the idle state or the inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state. Specifically, the name of the threshold value and the offset value in the embodiment of the present application is only an example of a name, and other names may also be used, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

具体的,该第一测量值和第一阈值(或第一阈值的偏置量)的关系满足不在小区边缘准则,则第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足下列关系:Specifically, the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold (or the offset of the first threshold) satisfies the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, then the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold satisfies the following relationship:

对于第一参考信号类型为SSB信号:For the first reference signal type is SSB signal:

Srxlev>SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev>S searchThresholdP and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,Squal>S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold,

SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

对于第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号:For the first reference signal type is a CSI-RS signal:

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual>S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。其中空闲态收到的阈值为系统消息中广播的阈值。Squal>S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, this threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state. The threshold received in the idle state is the threshold broadcast in the system message.

需要说明的是,在某些实施例中,终端设备在空闲态时根据广播的SSB信号的阈值进行第一判定,当终端设备由空闲态进入连接态时,网络设备可以指示终端设备测量的参考信号的类型为SSB信号或CSI-RS信号,当指示测量的信号为SSB信号时,可以延用空闲态时的SSB信号的阈值,也可以重新指示SSB信号的第一阈值,当指示测量的信号为CSI-RS信号时,可以在空闲态的SSB信号的阈值的基础上,指示偏置量,也可以重新指示CSI-RS信号的第一阈值,本申请对此不做特别的限定。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the idle state, the first judgment is made according to the threshold value of the broadcasted SSB signal. When the terminal device enters the connection state from the idle state, the network device may indicate the terminal device to measure the reference The signal type is SSB signal or CSI-RS signal. When indicating that the measured signal is an SSB signal, the threshold value of the SSB signal in the idle state can be extended, or the first threshold value of the SSB signal can be re-indicated. When the signal measured is indicated When it is a CSI-RS signal, the offset amount may be indicated based on the threshold of the SSB signal in the idle state, or the first threshold of the CSI-RS signal may be re-indicated, which is not particularly limited in the present application.

需要说明的是,在某些情况下,网络设备也可以指示终端设备测量是否满足其他准则,本申请对此不做限定。可选的,该其他准则可以辅助网络设备判断是否使终端设备进入测量放松状态。It should be noted that, in some cases, the network device may also instruct the terminal device whether the measurement meets other criteria, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the other criterion may assist the network device in judging whether to make the terminal device enter the measurement relaxed state.

S220,终端设备在连接态下根据第一指示信息对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,以获取第一测量值。S220. In the connected state, the terminal device measures the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information, so as to acquire a first measurement value.

具体的,终端设备接收第一指示信息,确定用于进行第一判定的第一参考信号类型,终端设备对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量。Specifically, the terminal device receives the first indication information, determines the first reference signal type used for the first determination, and the terminal device measures the reference signal of the first reference signal type.

终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排列,该n大于或等于1。The terminal device may perform n measurements on the serving cell, the n measurements may be arranged according to the measurement time, and the n is greater than or equal to 1.

终端设备可以对服务小区的m个邻区进行测量,该m大于或等于1。The terminal device can measure m neighboring cells of the serving cell, where m is greater than or equal to 1.

S230,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则。S230. The terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该第二指示信息作为单独的信令向网络设备发送,可以通过终端设备辅助信息(UEAssisitanceInformation)消息来发送给网络设备,也可以通过MAC CE信息发送给网络设备。该第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行至少n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the second indication information is sent to the network device as a separate signaling, which may be sent to the network device through a terminal equipment assistance information (UEAssisitanceInformation) message, or may be sent to the network device through MAC CE information. The second indication information is used to indicate that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device may perform at least n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion. , the n measurements may be sorted according to the measurement time. Optionally, the terminal device may also perform measurements on m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该第二指示信息包括在终端设备的测量报告中向网络设备发送。可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the second indication information is sent to the network device in the measurement report of the terminal device. Optionally, the terminal device may perform n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion. The n measurements may be sorted according to the time of measurement. Optionally, the terminal device may also perform m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,终端设备上报n个服务小区的测量结果,这n个服务小区的测量结果可以为满足准则的n个结果,或者,满足准则后,上报的n个测量结果中包含不满足准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the terminal device reports the measurement results of n serving cells, and the measurement results of the n serving cells may be n results satisfying the criterion, or, after satisfying the criterion, the reported n measuring results include not Measurement results that meet the criteria.

在某些实施例中,当满足第一准则后,终端设备上报m个邻区测量结果。上报所述结果可以使得网络设备获取终端设备的更多信息,来判断是否准许终端进行测量放松。In some embodiments, when the first criterion is met, the terminal device reports the measurement results of m neighboring cells. Reporting the result can enable the network device to obtain more information about the terminal device to determine whether to allow the terminal to perform measurement relaxation.

S240,网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。S240. The network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter a measurement relaxation state.

需要说明的是,该步骤为可选的,若网络设备根据第二指示信息判定终端设备不能进入测量放松状态,则网络设备可以不向终端设备发送第三指示信息。It should be noted that this step is optional. If the network device determines that the terminal device cannot enter the measurement relaxation state according to the second indication information, the network device may not send the third indication information to the terminal device.

具体的,网络设备接收第二指示信息,可选的,网络设备根据第二指示信息中对服务小区的测量结果对终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息进行评估,可选的,网络设备根据第二指示信息中对邻区的测量结果,判断终端设备是否可能会发生切换。Specifically, the network device receives the second indication information. Optionally, the network device evaluates the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device according to the measurement results of the serving cell in the second indication information. Optionally, the network device evaluates the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device according to the second indication information. 2. Indicate the measurement result of the adjacent cell in the indication information, and judge whether the handover of the terminal equipment may occur.

具体的,网络设备根据第二指示信息确定终端设备可以进行测量放松时,向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。该第三指示信息可以为RRC消息,例如,RRC重配置消息,也可以为MAC CE消息等。Specifically, when the network device determines that the terminal device can perform measurement relaxation according to the second indication information, it sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state. The third indication information may be an RRC message, for example, an RRC reconfiguration message, or may be a MAC CE message or the like.

应理解,该测量放松的内容可以为频率测量放松、小区测量放松、周期测量放松等。具体的,第三指示信息可以包含:需要测量的频率,或者需要测量放松的频率,或者需要测量的小区,或者需要放松测量的小区,或者测量的周期(如周期为秒,分,时等)。换句话说,终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对周期进行测量放松,网络设备可以指示终端设备测量的周期放松,作为示例而非限定,原测量周期为每5分钟测量一次,进入测量放松状态以后,测量周期可以为每10分钟测量一次。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个频率进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该频率不进行测量。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个小区进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该小区不进行测量。It should be understood that the content of the measurement relaxation may be frequency measurement relaxation, cell measurement relaxation, period measurement relaxation, and the like. Specifically, the third indication information may include: the frequency that needs to be measured, or the frequency that needs to be relaxed, or the cell that needs to be measured, or the cell that needs to be relaxed, or the cycle of the measurement (such as the cycle is seconds, minutes, hours, etc.) . In other words, after the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it can relax the measurement cycle, and the network device can instruct the terminal device to relax the measurement cycle. As an example and not a limitation, the original measurement cycle is once every 5 minutes, and enter the measurement relaxation state In the future, the measurement cycle can be measured once every 10 minutes. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain frequency. As an example and not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the frequency. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain cell. As an example but not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the cell.

需要说明的是,终端设备进入测量放松状态的内容也可以为以上三种的组合,作为示例而非限定,网络设备可以指示终端设备对于某个小区A,测量的周期为20分钟一次,对某个小区B,测量的周期为10分钟一次,该测量放松的内容可以由网络设备的第三指示信息进行具体指示,也可以由第三指示信息指示进入测量放松状态而由终端设备侧默认测量放松的内容。该第三指示信息可以为RRC重配消息。It should be noted that the content for the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state may also be a combination of the above three types. As an example and not a limitation, the network device may instruct the terminal device that for a certain cell A, the measurement period is once every 20 minutes, and for a certain cell A, the measurement period is once every 20 minutes. A cell B, the measurement period is once every 10 minutes, the content of the measurement relaxation can be specifically indicated by the third indication information of the network device, or the third indication information can indicate to enter the measurement relaxation state and the terminal equipment side defaults to the measurement relaxation Content. The third indication information may be an RRC reconfiguration message.

可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对两种类型的参考信号对应的相关测量都可以进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对SSB信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对CSI-RS信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement or the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, and after receiving the third indication information, measurement relaxation can be performed on related measurements corresponding to the two types of reference signals. Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the SSB signal. Optionally, the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the CSI-RS signal.

在某些实施例中,第三指示信息,可以携带测量ID、测量对象ID等,用于指示对该ID对应的测量对象进行放松。也可以指示对哪种参考信号进行测量放松。In some embodiments, the third indication information may carry a measurement ID, a measurement object ID, etc., and is used to indicate that the measurement object corresponding to the ID should be relaxed. It is also possible to indicate which reference signal the measurement relaxation is performed on.

需要说明的是,终端设备在连接态进入测量放松状态后,当满足第一条件后,终端设备需要及时离开测量放松状态,以保证终端设备在连接态的移动性的性能。It should be noted that after the terminal device enters the measurement relaxed state in the connected state, when the first condition is met, the terminal device needs to leave the measurement relaxed state in time to ensure the mobility performance of the terminal device in the connected state.

本申请实施例以静止准则为例对终端设备离开测量放松状态的第一条件进行说明。应理解,不在小区边缘准则也可以有类似的终端设备判断离开测量放松状态的第一条件,本申请实施例不做赘述,但本申请实施例对此不做限定。In this embodiment of the present application, the static criterion is used as an example to illustrate the first condition for the terminal device to leave the measurement relaxation state. It should be understood that the criterion of not being at the cell edge may also have a similar first condition for the terminal device to determine to leave the measurement relaxation state, which is not described in this embodiment of the present application, but is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

在一种可能的实现方式中,以静止准则为例,该第一条件可以为终端设备判断对第一参考信号类型的参考信号的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系不满足静止准则公式的维持时间达到预设时间第二时间,即在第二时间内第一测量值和第一阈值的关系不满足静止准则的公式,或在第二时间内满足静止准则离开条件的公式。具体的,第二时间取值可以为0。对于静止准则离开条件将在方法400中描述,在此不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, taking the stationary criterion as an example, the first condition may be that the terminal device determines that the relationship between the first measurement value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold does not satisfy the stationary criterion formula The maintenance time reaches the preset second time, that is, the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold does not satisfy the formula of the stationary criterion within the second time, or the formula of the leaving condition of the stationary criterion is satisfied within the second time. Specifically, the value of the second time may be 0. The departure condition for the stationary criterion will be described in method 400, and will not be repeated here.

在一种可能的实现方式中,以静止准则为例,该第一条件可以为终端设备接收到基站发送的指示信息,该指示信息指示终端设备离开测量放松状态。In a possible implementation manner, taking the static criterion as an example, the first condition may be that the terminal device receives indication information sent by the base station, where the indication information instructs the terminal device to leave the measurement relaxation state.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一条件可以为终端设备判断达到基站所预设的测量放松时间。可选的,基站向终端设备发送第三指示信息时,可以携带定时器信息,指示终端设备的测量放松时间,当定时器到期,终端设备结束测量放松状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first condition may be that the terminal device judges that the measurement relaxation time preset by the base station has been reached. Optionally, when the base station sends the third indication information to the terminal device, it may carry timer information to indicate the measurement relaxation time of the terminal device. When the timer expires, the terminal device ends the measurement relaxation state.

在一种可能的实现方式中,以静止准则为例,该第一条件可以为终端设备复用某些事件的触发条件,例如A3、A4、A5等3GPP协议中定义的测量上报事件的触发条件。下面将对A3、A4、A5等事件做简要介绍。In a possible implementation, taking the static criterion as an example, the first condition may be a trigger condition for terminal equipment to reuse certain events, such as the trigger condition for measurement reporting events defined in 3GPP protocols such as A3, A4, and A5 . The following will briefly introduce events such as A3, A4, and A5.

具体的,A3事件的进入条件A3-1满足公式:Specifically, the entry condition A3-1 of the A3 event satisfies the formula:

Mn+Ofn+Ocn–Hys>Mp+Ofp+Ocp+OffMn+Ofn+Ocn–Hys>Mp+Ofp+Ocp+Off

A3事件的离开条件A3-2满足公式:The departure condition A3-2 of the A3 event satisfies the formula:

Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<Mp+Ofp+Ocp+OffMn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<Mp+Ofp+Ocp+Off

其中,Mn为邻区小区测量结果,Ofn为邻区参考信号测量兑现的特定偏置量,Ocn为邻区的小区专用偏置量,Mp为服务小区的测量结果,Ofp为服务小区的测量对象特定偏置量,Ocp为服务小区的小区特定偏置量,Hys为迟滞量,Off为事件的偏置量。Among them, Mn is the measurement result of the adjacent cell, Ofn is the specific offset amount realized by the reference signal measurement of the adjacent cell, Ocn is the cell-specific offset amount of the adjacent cell, Mp is the measurement result of the serving cell, and Ofp is the measurement object of the serving cell Specific offset amount, Ocp is the cell-specific offset amount of the serving cell, Hys is the hysteresis amount, and Off is the event offset amount.

具体的,A4事件的进入条件A4-1满足公式:Specifically, the entry condition A4-1 of the A4 event satisfies the formula:

Mn+Ofn+Ocn–Hys>ThreshMn+Ofn+Ocn–Hys>Thresh

A4事件的离开条件A4-2满足公式:The departure condition A4-2 of the A4 event satisfies the formula:

Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<ThreshMn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<Thresh

其中Thresh为该A4事件的阈值。其他定义与上述相同。Where Thresh is the threshold of the A4 event. Other definitions are the same as above.

具体的,A5事件的进入条件A5-1满足公式:Specifically, the entry condition A5-1 of the A5 event satisfies the formula:

Mp+Hys<Thresh1,或Mp+Hys<Thresh1, or

Mn+Ofn+Ocn–Hys>Thresh2Mn+Ofn+Ocn–Hys>Thresh2

A5事件的离开条件A5-2满足公式:The departure condition A5-2 of the A5 event satisfies the formula:

Mp–Hys>Thresh1,或Mp–Hys>Thresh1, or

Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<Thresh2Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<Thresh2

其中,Thresh1,Thresh2为该事件的阈值,其他定义与上述相同。Wherein, Thresh1 and Thresh2 are the thresholds of the event, and other definitions are the same as above.

需要说明的是,该A3、A4、A5等事件可以为用于切换配置的测量事件,也可以为其他情况适用的测量事件,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that the events A3, A4, and A5 may be measurement events for switching configurations, or may be measurement events applicable to other situations, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

以A3事件为例,当终端设备的测量结果满足A3事件的进入条件定义的公式,则终端设备可以判断离开测量放松状态。可选的,该测量结果可以不满足A3事件中网络设备所配置的触发时间配置(timetotrigger),即只复用A3事件中的公式条件,不复用A3事件中的触发时间。可选的,终端设备测量结果可以仅满足A3事件的公式条件,在触发时间上可以使用不满足静止准则或者满足静止准则的离开条件的时间,即Tout或第二时间,终端设备测量的小区质量,在第二时间内满足A3事件定义的公式,则可以停止测量放松。可选的,该测量结果也可以满足A3事件中网络设备所配置的时间阈值。Taking the A3 event as an example, when the measurement result of the terminal device satisfies the formula defined by the entry condition of the A3 event, the terminal device can judge to leave the measurement relaxation state. Optionally, the measurement result may not satisfy the trigger time configuration (timetotrigger) configured by the network device in the A3 event, that is, only the formula condition in the A3 event is reused, and the trigger time in the A3 event is not reused. Optionally, the measurement result of the terminal device may only meet the formula condition of the A3 event, and the trigger time may use the time that does not meet the static criterion or the departure condition that meets the static criterion, that is, Tout or the second time, the cell quality measured by the terminal device , the formula defined by the A3 event is satisfied within the second time, then the measurement of relaxation can be stopped. Optionally, the measurement result may also meet the time threshold configured by the network device in the A3 event.

在一种可能的实现方式中,以静止准则为例,该第一条件可以为终端设备触发某些事件上报以后即判断结束测量放松状态。In a possible implementation manner, taking the static criterion as an example, the first condition may be that the terminal device determines to end the measurement of the relaxed state after triggering a certain event report.

以A3事件为例,当终端设备触发A3事件上报以后,即默认结束测量放松状态。Taking the A3 event as an example, when the terminal device triggers the reporting of the A3 event, the measurement relaxation state ends by default.

应理解,该终端设备可以在达到第一条件后自行结束测量放松状态,该终端设备也可以在达到第一条件后向网络设备发送指示信息,该指示信息指示网络设备该终端设备达到第一条件。网络设备收到该指示信息后,可以决定是否指示终端设备结束测量放松状态,当终端设备接收到网络设备结束测量放松状态的指示后,终端设备结束测量放松状态。It should be understood that the terminal device may end the measurement relaxation state by itself after the first condition is met, and the terminal device may also send indication information to the network device after the first condition is met, and the indication information indicates the network device that the terminal device meets the first condition . After receiving the instruction information, the network device may decide whether to instruct the terminal device to end the measurement relaxation state. After the terminal device receives the instruction from the network device to end the measurement relaxation state, the terminal device ends the measurement relaxation state.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案,在终端设备进入连接态时,可以指示终端设备第一参考信号的类型,使得终端设备可以基于指示对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值,并判断第一测量值和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,终端设备将判断结果上报给网络设备,网络设备根据该结果指示终端设备是否进入测量放松状态,当进入测量放松状态时,可以节省连接态终端设备的功耗。The technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application can indicate the type of the first reference signal of the terminal device when the terminal device enters the connected state, so that the terminal device can measure the reference signal of the first reference signal type based on the indication, and obtain the first measurement Value, and judge whether the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion, the terminal device reports the judgment result to the network device, and the network device indicates whether the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state according to the result, when entering the measurement relaxation state , which can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment in the connected state.

图3是本申请实施例的通信方法的又一例。如图3所示,该方法300包括:Fig. 3 is another example of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the method 300 includes:

S310,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号类型。S310. The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first reference signal type.

具体的,该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块(SynchronizationSignalBlock,SSB),信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-ReferenceSignal,CSI-RS)。需要说明的是,当终端设备处于空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号,当终端设备处于连接态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号和/或CSI-RS信号。Specifically, the first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block (SynchronizationSignalBlock, SSB), and a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS). It should be noted that when the terminal device is in the idle state or inactive state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals, and when the terminal device is in the connected state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals and/or CSI-RS signals.

需要说明的是,在空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备对SSB信号进行测量,在连接态时,终端设备可以对SSB信号进行测量,终端设备也可以对CSI-RS信号进行测量。It should be noted that, in the idle state or the inactive state, the terminal device measures the SSB signal, and in the connected state, the terminal device can measure the SSB signal, and the terminal device can also measure the CSI-RS signal.

具体的,该第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备需要对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,该第一判定为终端设备需要判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则。Specifically, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device needs to perform a first determination on the reference signal of the first reference signal type, and the first determination is that the terminal device needs to determine the measured value and Whether the relationship between the first thresholds satisfies the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在连接态时,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以是通过广播消息发送,也可以是通过专用信令发送,例如,无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)重配置消息,或者,媒体接入控制(Medium AccessControl,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)MAC CE等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备对SSB信号进行测量,或对CSI-RS信号进行测量,或对其他可能的类型的参考信号进行测量,需要说明的是,该测量用于进行第一判定。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device. The first indication information may be sent through a broadcast message or through dedicated signaling, for example, wireless A resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration message, or a medium access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) MAC CE, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the SSB signal, or measure the CSI-RS signal, or measure other possible types of reference signals. It should be noted that the measurement is used for the first determination .

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或上报时,终端设备未收到该第一指示信息但默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,或者,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量或者上报时,终端设备未收到第一指示信息但默认使用CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。需要说明的是,该测量配置信息中配置了其他方面的测量需求。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement or report, but the terminal device does not receive the first indication information but By default, the SSB signal is used for the measurement for the first determination, or, when the terminal device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal for measurement or reporting. The device does not receive the first indication information but uses the CSI-RS signal by default to perform measurement for the first determination. It should be noted that other measurement requirements are configured in the measurement configuration information.

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在连接态时,默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,不需要网络设备发送第一指示信息进行第一参考信号类型的指示。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the SSB signal is used by default to perform the measurement for the first determination, and the network device does not need to send the first indication information to indicate the first reference signal type.

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在空闲态或者非激活态时,网络设备向终端设备广播第一指示信息,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号。对应的,当终端设备由空闲态或者非激活态进入连接态时,可以根据空闲态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型继续进行测量。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in an idle state or an inactive state, the network device broadcasts first indication information to the terminal device. Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is an SSB signal, Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is a CSI-RS signal. Correspondingly, when the terminal device enters the connected state from the idle state or the inactive state, the measurement may be continued according to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information received in the idle state.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,终端设备侧协议进行了适应性修改,使得终端设备收到该第一指示信息即进行第一判定的测量和判定,而不需要专门的测量配置信息进行配置。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device side protocol is adaptively modified, so that the terminal device performs the measurement and determination of the first determination after receiving the first indication information, without special measurement configuration information to configure.

应理解,该第一指示信息还可以用于指示第一阈值,或者,偏置量信息,需要说明的是,若第一指示信息用于指示偏置量信息,则可能终端设备在空闲态或非激活态已经收到过一次阈值信息,终端设备在该阈值信息的基础上结合偏置量信息用于后续的判断。可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备进入连接态时重新配置的第一阈值,可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备在空闲态时的阈值。It should be understood that the first indication information may also be used to indicate the first threshold or offset information. It should be noted that if the first indication information is used to indicate the offset information, the terminal device may be in the idle state or In the inactive state, the threshold information has been received once, and the terminal device combines the offset information with the threshold information for subsequent judgment. Optionally, the first threshold may be a first threshold reconfigured when the terminal device enters the connected state. Optionally, the first threshold may be a threshold when the terminal device is in the idle state.

在一种可能的实现方式中,当终端设备在连接态时,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第一阈值,或者,该第一指示信息指示第一阈值的偏置量,该第一阈值,或该第一偏置量是SSB信号相关的第一阈值或偏置量,则终端设备默认对SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,若该第一阈值,或该第一阈值的偏置量是CSI-RS相关的第一阈值或偏置量,则终端设备默认对CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。在该实现方式中,可以不需要单独指示第一信号类型。In a possible implementation manner, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates the first threshold, or the first indication information indicates the value of the first threshold The offset, the first threshold, or the first offset is the first threshold or offset related to the SSB signal, then the terminal device defaults to the measurement of the SSB signal for the first determination, if the first threshold , or the offset of the first threshold is the first threshold or offset related to the CSI-RS, then the terminal device performs measurement on the CSI-RS signal for the first determination by default. In this implementation manner, it may not be necessary to separately indicate the first signal type.

S320,终端设备在连接态时根据第一指示信息对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值。S320. When the terminal device is in the connected state, measure the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information, and acquire a first measurement value.

具体的,终端设备接收第一指示信息,确定用于进行第一判定的第一参考信号类型,终端设备对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量。Specifically, the terminal device receives the first indication information, determines the first reference signal type used for the first determination, and the terminal device measures the reference signal of the first reference signal type.

终端设备可以对服务小区进行至少n次测量,该n大于或等于1。The terminal device can perform at least n measurements on the serving cell, where n is greater than or equal to 1.

终端设备可以对服务小区的至少m个邻区进行测量,该m大于或等于1。The terminal device can measure at least m neighboring cells of the serving cell, where m is greater than or equal to 1.

S330,终端设备根据第一测量值和第一阈值确定第一判定的结果。S330. The terminal device determines a result of the first determination according to the first measurement value and the first threshold.

具体的,终端设备对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值,终端设备判定该第一测量值和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,该第一准则可以包括静止准则,不在小区边缘准则。需要说明的是,该静止准则和不在小区边缘准则可以从一定程度上评估终端设备的大概位置和移动性信息。Specifically, the terminal device measures a reference signal of the first reference signal type to obtain a first measurement value, and the terminal device determines whether the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies a first criterion, and the first criterion may include static Criterion, not at the cell edge criterion. It should be noted that the stationary criterion and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion can evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device to a certain extent.

需要说明的是,第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则需要满足的关系式可以参见方法200中步骤S210的描述,在此不做赘述。It should be noted that, for the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold to satisfy the first criterion, reference may be made to the description of step S210 in the method 200 , which will not be repeated here.

网络设备网络设备S340,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一判定的结果。Network device Network device S340, the terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the result of the first determination.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines that the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, and the terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and the first The relationship between the thresholds satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device can perform n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion. The n measurements can be sorted according to the measurement time. Optional , the terminal device may also perform measurements on m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的不满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的不满足第一准则的测量结果,其中m,n为正整数。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines that the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and the terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and the first threshold A threshold relationship does not satisfy the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device may perform n measurements on the serving cell and report the measurement results that do not meet the first criterion. The n measurements may be sorted according to the measurement time, Optionally, the terminal device may also measure m neighboring cells and report the measurement results that do not satisfy the first criterion, where m and n are positive integers.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报该n次测量结果,可选的,该终端设备也可以对多个邻区进行测量,并上报该小区质量最好的m个邻区的测量结果是否满足第一准则,其中m,n为正整数。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, and the terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and the first threshold Whether the relationship between a threshold value satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device may perform n measurements on the serving cell and report the n measurement results. Optionally, the terminal device may also perform measurements on multiple neighboring cells. And report whether the measurement results of the m neighboring cells with the best quality of the cell meet the first criterion, where m and n are positive integers.

需要说明的是,该第二指示信息可以通过终端设备辅助信息消息来发送给网络设备,也可以通过MAC CE信息发送给网络设备。It should be noted that the second indication information may be sent to the network device through a terminal device auxiliary information message, or may be sent to the network device through MAC CE information.

需要说明的是,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息以后,没有收到网络设备发送的第三指示信息,则终端设备可以等待第一时间以后再次发送第二指示信息,该第一时间可以是网络设备之前向终端设备发送的,也可以是终端设备默认的或预配置的或协议规定的。可选的,终端设备也可以进行L次上报以后,依然没有收到网络设备的第三指示信息后,则停止向网络设备发送第二指示信息,该L的大小可以为网络设备之前向终端设备发送的,也可以为终端设备默认的,终端设备停止发送第二指示信息以后,若再次收到第一指示信息,则终端设备再次进行测量并根据判断结果发送第二指示信息。It should be noted that, after the terminal device sends the second indication information to the network device, but does not receive the third indication information sent by the network device, the terminal device may wait for the first time before sending the second indication information again, and the first time may be It is sent by the network device to the terminal device before, or it may be default or pre-configured by the terminal device or stipulated by the protocol. Optionally, the terminal device may also stop sending the second indication information to the network device after it still has not received the third indication information from the network equipment after reporting L times. The one sent by the terminal device may also be the default one of the terminal device. After the terminal device stops sending the second indication information, if it receives the first indication information again, the terminal device performs measurement again and sends the second indication information according to the judgment result.

可选的,终端设备上报指示信息之前,网络设备可以向终端设备配置满足第一准则后上报的最大次数L,当终端设备满足第一准则后,开始向网络设备发送第二指示信息,发送周期为网络设备配置的或终端设备默认的配置。具体的,若在发送配置过程中收到放松指示信息,则终端设备停止发送第二指示信息,并开始测量放松。终端设备上报的L次测量结果可以均是满足第一准则的,也可能出现不满足的情况。Optionally, before the terminal device reports the indication information, the network device may configure the terminal device with the maximum number of reports L after meeting the first criterion. When the terminal device meets the first criterion, it starts to send the second indication information to the network device. The sending cycle Configured for network devices or the default configuration for terminal devices. Specifically, if the relaxation indication information is received in the process of sending the configuration, the terminal device stops sending the second indication information, and starts to measure the relaxation. The L times of measurement results reported by the terminal device may all satisfy the first criterion, or may not satisfy the first criterion.

可选的,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息以后,没有收到网络设备发送的第三指示信息,则终端设备可以启动定时器,当定时器超时后,再次判断是否满足第一准则,若满足则再次发送第二指示信息,若不满足则不需要发送。该定时器可以是网络设备之前向终端设备发送的,也可以是协议规定的。Optionally, after the terminal device sends the second indication information to the network device, but does not receive the third indication information sent by the network device, the terminal device may start a timer, and when the timer expires, judge again whether the first criterion is satisfied, If it is satisfied, the second indication information is sent again, and if it is not satisfied, it does not need to be sent. The timer may be previously sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be specified by a protocol.

可选的,终端设备判断满足第一准则后,可以自行决定是否进行测量放松,而不需要通知网络设备。或者自行决定是否进行测量放松后,再向网络设备发送第二指示信息,以及是否已经进行测量放松。Optionally, after determining that the first criterion is met, the terminal device may decide whether to perform measurement relaxation without notifying the network device. Alternatively, after deciding whether to perform measurement relaxation, the second indication information is sent to the network device, and whether measurement relaxation has been performed.

S350,网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。S350. The network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter a measurement relaxation state.

需要说明的是,该步骤为可选的,若网络设备根据第二指示信息判定终端设备不能进入测量放松状态,则网络设备可以不向终端设备发送第三指示信息。It should be noted that this step is optional. If the network device determines that the terminal device cannot enter the measurement relaxation state according to the second indication information, the network device may not send the third indication information to the terminal device.

具体的,网络设备接收第二指示信息,可选的,网络设备根据第二指示信息中对服务小区的测量结果对终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息进行评估,可选的,网络设备根据第二指示信息中对邻区的测量结果,判断终端设备是否可能会发生切换。Specifically, the network device receives the second indication information. Optionally, the network device evaluates the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device according to the measurement results of the serving cell in the second indication information. Optionally, the network device evaluates the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device according to the second indication information. 2. Indicate the measurement result of the adjacent cell in the indication information, and judge whether the handover of the terminal equipment may occur.

具体的,网络设备根据第二指示信息确定终端设备可以进行测量放松时,向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。该第三指示信息可以为RRC消息,例如,RRC重配置消息,也可以为MAC CE消息等。Specifically, when the network device determines that the terminal device can perform measurement relaxation according to the second indication information, it sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state. The third indication information may be an RRC message, for example, an RRC reconfiguration message, or may be a MAC CE message or the like.

应理解,该测量放松的内容可以为频率测量放松、小区测量放松、周期测量放松等。换句话说,终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对周期进行测量放松,网络设备可以指示终端设备测量的周期放松,作为示例而非限定,原测量周期为每5分钟测量一次,进入测量放松状态以后,测量周期可以为每10分钟测量一次。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个频率进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该频率不进行测量。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个小区进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该小区不进行测量。It should be understood that the content of the measurement relaxation may be frequency measurement relaxation, cell measurement relaxation, period measurement relaxation, and the like. In other words, after the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it can relax the measurement cycle, and the network device can instruct the terminal device to relax the measurement cycle. As an example and not a limitation, the original measurement cycle is once every 5 minutes, and enter the measurement relaxation state In the future, the measurement cycle can be measured once every 10 minutes. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain frequency. As an example and not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the frequency. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain cell. As an example but not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the cell.

需要说明的是,终端设备进入测量放松状态的内容也可以为以上三种的组合,作为示例而非限定,网络设备可以指示终端设备对于某个小区A,测量的周期为20分钟一次,对某个小区B,测量的周期为10分钟一次,该测量放松的内容可以由网络设备的第三指示信息进行具体指示,也可以由第三指示信息指示进入测量放松状态而由终端设备侧默认测量放松的内容。It should be noted that the content for the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state may also be a combination of the above three types. As an example and not a limitation, the network device may instruct the terminal device that for a certain cell A, the measurement period is once every 20 minutes, and for a certain cell A, the measurement period is once every 20 minutes. A cell B, the measurement period is once every 10 minutes, the content of the measurement relaxation can be specifically indicated by the third indication information of the network device, or the third indication information can indicate to enter the measurement relaxation state and the terminal equipment side defaults to the measurement relaxation Content.

可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对两种类型的参考信号对应的相关测量都可以进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对SSB信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对CSI-RS信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement or the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, and after receiving the third indication information, measurement relaxation can be performed on related measurements corresponding to the two types of reference signals. Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the SSB signal. Optionally, the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the CSI-RS signal.

可选的,第三指示消息可以仅为测量配置信息,即通过实现减少了需要测量的测量对象或者小区或者频点。Optionally, the third indication message may be only measurement configuration information, that is, measurement objects or cells or frequency points that need to be measured are reduced through implementation.

应理解,网络设备发送第三指示信息指示对周期进行测量放松可以具体以网络设备向终端设备发送参考信号测量配置的形式进行指示。It should be understood that the sending of the third indication information by the network device to indicate that the periodic measurement is relaxed may be specifically indicated in the form of the network device sending a reference signal measurement configuration to the terminal device.

具体的,网络设备可以向终端设备发送两套SMTC(SS/PBCH block measurementtiming configuration,SSB测量定时配置)配置,即第一SMTC配置和第二SMTC配置。其中,第一SMTC配置可以用于终端设备不进入测量放松状态时使用,第二SMTC配置可以用于终端设备进入测量放松状态时使用。第一SMTC配置和第二SMTC配置可以在同一消息配置,也可以在不同消息配置。可选的,该消息可以为RRC重配消息。Specifically, the network device may send two sets of SMTC (SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration, SSB measurement timing configuration) configurations to the terminal device, that is, the first SMTC configuration and the second SMTC configuration. Wherein, the first SMTC configuration may be used when the terminal device does not enter the measurement relaxed state, and the second SMTC configuration may be used when the terminal device enters the measurement relaxed state. The first SMTC configuration and the second SMTC configuration may be configured in the same message, or may be configured in different messages. Optionally, the message may be an RRC reconfiguration message.

应理解,该SMTC配置用于指示终端设备测量SSB信号的时机,具体的,该SMTC配置中包括测量周期和偏移量。需要说明的是,该偏移量信息用于指示该SMTC在测量周期的起始位置,例如,该SMTC测量周期从哪一个时隙,或子帧,或符号等开始。可选的,第二SMTC配置指示的测量周期可以比第一SMTC配置指示的测量周期长,使得终端设备在测量放松状态时能够节省功耗。It should be understood that the SMTC configuration is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the timing of the SSB signal, specifically, the SMTC configuration includes a measurement period and an offset. It should be noted that the offset information is used to indicate the starting position of the SMTC in the measurement period, for example, from which time slot, subframe, or symbol the SMTC measurement period starts. Optionally, the measurement period indicated by the second SMTC configuration may be longer than the measurement period indicated by the first SMTC configuration, so that the terminal device can save power consumption when measuring the relaxed state.

可选的,在该SMTC配置中可以携带SMTC ID,用于表示SMTC配置为第一SMTC配置或第二SMTC配置。Optionally, the SMTC configuration may carry an SMTC ID, which is used to indicate that the SMTC configuration is the first SMTC configuration or the second SMTC configuration.

可选的,第二SMTC配置可以通过专用字段来指示,若该字段存在,则终端设备被配置了满足第一准则的测量放松使用的配置信息,该字段可以在测量配置的测量对象配置中。Optionally, the second SMTC configuration may be indicated by a dedicated field. If this field exists, the terminal device is configured with configuration information that meets the first criterion for relaxed use of measurement. This field may be included in the measurement object configuration of the measurement configuration.

需要说明的是,该第二SMTC配置可以在终端设备未满足第一准则时,与第一准则的配置消息同步配置;该第二SMTC配置可以在终端设备满足第一准则时再进行配置。可选的,当终端设备满足第一准则时,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息指示终端设备使用第二SMTC配置进行测量。应理解,该指示信息可以等效为上述第三指示信息,即网络设备向终端设备发送使用第二SMTC配置进行测量则隐式指示终端设备进入测量放松状态,并使用第二SMTC配置进行测量。若在此之前没有给终端设备配置第二SMTC配置,则第二SMTC配置可以包括在该指示信息中,若有,则收到该指示信息后,终端设备使用第二SMTC配置进行放松测量。It should be noted that the second SMTC configuration can be configured synchronously with the configuration message of the first criterion when the terminal device does not meet the first criterion; the second SMTC configuration can be configured again when the terminal device meets the first criterion. Optionally, when the terminal device satisfies the first criterion, the network device may send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information instructs the terminal device to use the second SMTC configuration for measurement. It should be understood that the instruction information may be equivalent to the above third instruction information, that is, the network device sends to the terminal device to use the second SMTC configuration for measurement to implicitly instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state and use the second SMTC configuration for measurement. If the terminal device has not been configured with the second SMTC configuration before, the second SMTC configuration may be included in the indication information. If yes, after receiving the indication information, the terminal device uses the second SMTC configuration to perform relaxed measurement.

应理解,网络设备指示终端设备进入测量放松状态后测量内容的改变可以以SMTC配置的改变的形式体现,即网络设备在终端设备进入测量放松状态后给终端设备配置不同的SMTC配置。It should be understood that after the network device instructs the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state, the change of the measurement content may be reflected in the form of a change in the SMTC configuration, that is, the network device configures a different SMTC configuration for the terminal device after the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,网络设备也可以只给终端设备配置第一SMTC配置,当终端设备进入测量放松状态后,网络设备可以发送一条指示信息,指示终端设备该第一SMTC配置中的测量周期改变,例如,网络设备可以指示终端设备该第一SMTC配置中的测量周期设置为原来的x倍,或者,在协议中默认当终端设备处于测量放松状态下,使用的周期为不在测量放松状态时的x倍,当终端设备进入测量放松状态或者收到第三指示信息后,则应用测量放松状态对应的周期进行测量,在某些实施例中,该x可以等于2。需要说明的是,测量放松的对象可以是对服务小区的,也可以是对邻区的。Optionally, the network device may only configure the first SMTC configuration for the terminal device. When the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, the network device may send an indication message indicating that the measurement period in the first SMTC configuration of the terminal device is changed, for example , the network device can instruct the terminal device to set the measurement period in the first SMTC configuration to be x times the original, or, by default in the protocol, when the terminal device is in the measurement relaxation state, the used period is x times the measurement period when it is not in the measurement relaxation state , when the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state or receives the third indication information, it uses the cycle corresponding to the measurement relaxation state to perform measurement. In some embodiments, x may be equal to 2. It should be noted that the object of measurement relaxation may be for the serving cell or for the neighboring cell.

类似的,网络设备也可以给CSI-RS信号配置类似的配置信息。Similarly, the network device may also configure similar configuration information for the CSI-RS signal.

具体的,网络设备向终端设备发送用于配置CSI-RS资源的CSI-RS配置信息,该CSI-RS配置信息中包括小区标识、频域配置等信息,还包括至少一个CSI-RS的资源配置集合。Specifically, the network device sends CSI-RS configuration information for configuring CSI-RS resources to the terminal device. The CSI-RS configuration information includes information such as cell identification and frequency domain configuration, and at least one CSI-RS resource configuration gather.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该CSI-RS的资源配置集合中的每个CSI-RS的资源配置包括CSI-RS索引、周期以及偏移量等配置。与上述SMTC资源配置类似,该CSI-RS的资源配置集合中可以包括第一CSI-RS配置和第二CSI-RS配置,其中,第一CSI-RS配置用于终端设备不在测量放松状态时使用,第二CSI-RS配置用于终端设备在测量放松状态时使用。需要说明的是,协议预定义在A字段配置第一CSI-RS配置,在B字段配置第二CSI-RS配置。则终端设备默认A字段的配置为第一CSI-RS配置,B字段的配置为CSI-RS配置。网络设备可以在终端设备未进入测量放松状态时同时配置该第一CSI-RS配置和第二CSI-RS配置,网络设备也可以在终端设备未进入测量放松状态时先配置第一CSI-RS配置,在终端设备进入测量放松状态时再配置第二CSI-RS,或者,网络设备可以在终端设备未进入测量放松状态时先配置第一CSI-RS配置,在终端设备进入测量放松状态时指示将第一CSI-RS配置中的周期变为原来的x倍等,如X=2,具体描述可以参见对于SMTC的配置,在此不做赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the resource configuration of each CSI-RS in the CSI-RS resource configuration set includes configurations such as CSI-RS index, period, and offset. Similar to the above SMTC resource configuration, the CSI-RS resource configuration set may include a first CSI-RS configuration and a second CSI-RS configuration, wherein the first CSI-RS configuration is used when the terminal device is not in the measurement relaxation state , the second CSI-RS configuration is used by the terminal device when measuring the relaxed state. It should be noted that the protocol predefines to configure the first CSI-RS configuration in the A field, and configure the second CSI-RS configuration in the B field. Then the terminal device defaults that the configuration of field A is the first CSI-RS configuration, and the configuration of field B is the CSI-RS configuration. The network device may configure the first CSI-RS configuration and the second CSI-RS configuration at the same time when the terminal device does not enter the measurement relaxation state, or the network device may first configure the first CSI-RS configuration when the terminal device does not enter the measurement relaxation state , and then configure the second CSI-RS when the terminal device enters the measurement relaxed state, or the network device can first configure the first CSI-RS configuration when the terminal device does not enter the measurement relaxed state, and indicate that the terminal device enters the measurement relaxed state. The period in the first CSI-RS configuration becomes x times of the original one, for example, X=2. For specific description, please refer to the configuration of SMTC, which will not be repeated here.

S360,终端设备结束测量放松状态。S360, the terminal device ends the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,终端设备在测量放松状态时,发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可以向网络设备发送第四指示信息,具体的,该第四指示信息可以指示测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,该测量量可以为第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型对应的测量量,也可以为终端设备自己随机测量的类型的参考信号的测量量,本申请对此不做限定。可选的,终端设备发送第四指示信息可以自己决定结束测量放松状态,即可以在判定不满足第一准则时,即可以结束测量放松。可以在发第四消息之前,也可以之后。也可以等待网络设备的第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示终端设备结束测量放松状态。Optionally, when the terminal device finds that the relationship between the measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion when measuring the relaxed state, it may send fourth indication information to the network device. Specifically, the fourth indication information may indicate the measurement amount and The relationship of the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and the measurement amount may be the measurement amount corresponding to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information, or may be the measurement amount of the reference signal type randomly measured by the terminal device itself. Applications are not limited to this. Optionally, the terminal device may decide to end the measurement relaxation state by sending the fourth indication information, that is, the measurement relaxation may be terminated when it is determined that the first criterion is not satisfied. It can be before or after sending the fourth message. It is also possible to wait for fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to end the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,终端也可以通知终端采用的测量放松的方法。Optionally, the terminal may also notify the terminal of the measurement relaxation method adopted by the terminal.

可选的,步骤S350中,网络设备发送的第三指示信息中可以包括定时器的配置,该定时器的配置也可以为终端默认的,终端设备收到第三指示信息以后,进入测量放松状态的同时启动该定时器,当定时器达到第一时长以后,终端设备结束测量放松状态。需要说明的是,若在第一时长内,终端设备发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可以向网络设备发送第四指示信息,自行决定结束测量放松状态或等待网络设备的第五指示信息结束测量放松状态。Optionally, in step S350, the third indication information sent by the network device may include a timer configuration, and the timer configuration may also be the default configuration of the terminal. After receiving the third indication information, the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state The timer is started at the same time, and when the timer reaches the first duration, the terminal device ends the measurement relaxation state. It should be noted that if the terminal device finds that the relationship between the measurement amount and the first threshold does not meet the first criterion within the first time period, it can send the fourth indication information to the network device, and decide to end the measurement relaxation state or wait for the network device's response. The fifth indication message ends measuring the relaxed state.

可选的,在步骤S350中,网络设备发送的第三指示信息中可以包括定时器配置,该定时器的配置也可以为终端默认的。终端设备收到第三指示信息以后,进入测量放松状态的同时启动该定时器,在该定时器达到第一时长之前,终端设备发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,也不向网络设备发送第四指示信息,当该定时器达到第一时长,终端设备向网络设备发送第四指示信息,自行决定结束测量放松状态或等待网络设备的第五指示信息结束测量放松状态。Optionally, in step S350, the third indication information sent by the network device may include a timer configuration, and the timer configuration may also be a default configuration of the terminal. After the terminal device receives the third indication information, it enters the measurement relaxation state and starts the timer at the same time. Before the timer reaches the first duration, the terminal device finds that the relationship between the measurement quantity and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and does not Send the fourth instruction information to the network device, and when the timer reaches the first duration, the terminal device sends the fourth instruction information to the network device, decides to end the measurement relaxation state by itself or waits for the fifth instruction information from the network device to end the measurement relaxation state.

需要说明的是,在网络设备侧,在终端设备测量放松状态期间,网络设备收到第四指示信息,或者,网络设备判断负载均衡时,或者,根据终端设备上报的测量结果,判定终端设备不需要进行测量放松时,可以向终端设备发送第五指示信息,指示终端设备结束测量放松状态。该第五指示信息可以为专用的RRC消息,也可以为MAC CE消息等。It should be noted that, on the network device side, during the period when the terminal device measures the relaxed state, the network device receives the fourth indication information, or when the network device judges the load balance, or, according to the measurement result reported by the terminal device, determines that the terminal device is not When it is necessary to perform measurement relaxation, fifth indication information may be sent to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to end the measurement relaxation state. The fifth indication information may be a dedicated RRC message, or may be a MAC CE message or the like.

需要说明的是,终端设备可以根据第一条件判断是否结束测量放松状态,关于第一条件的描述可以参考方法200,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the terminal device may determine whether to end the measurement relaxation state according to the first condition, and for the description of the first condition, reference may be made to the method 200 , which will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是,参考步骤S350,若网络设备给终端设备配置了SMTC配置,可选的,终端设备在判断不满足第一准则时,可以自行选择时间点由第二SMTC配置切换到第一SMTC配置进行测量,不需要网络设备的指示。可选的,终端设备在判断不满足第一准则时,可以向网络设备发送上述第四指示信息,终端设备在收到网络设备的第五指示信息后,根据网络设备的第五指示信息,即网络设备指示终端设备结束测量放松状态后,终端设备则默认由第二SMTC配置切换到第一SMTC配置进行测量。可选的,终端设备在判断不满足第一准则时,可以向网络设备发送上述第四指示信息,终端设备收到网络设备的第六指示信息后,则由第二SMTC配置切换到第一SMTC配置进行测量,具体的,该第六指示信息指示终端设备由第二SMTC配置切换到第一SMTC配置进行测量。或者在第六指示信息中携带停止放松测量的SMTC配置。It should be noted that, referring to step S350, if the network device configures the SMTC configuration for the terminal device, optionally, the terminal device may switch from the second SMTC configuration to the first SMTC at a time point selected by itself when it judges that the first criterion is not met. Configured for measurements, no indication of network devices is required. Optionally, when the terminal device judges that the first criterion is not satisfied, it may send the fourth indication information to the network device, and after receiving the fifth indication information from the network device, the terminal device, according to the fifth indication information from the network device, that is, After the network device instructs the terminal device to end the measurement relaxation state, the terminal device defaults to switch from the second SMTC configuration to the first SMTC configuration for measurement. Optionally, when the terminal device judges that the first criterion is not satisfied, it may send the above-mentioned fourth indication information to the network device, and after receiving the sixth indication information from the network device, the terminal device switches from the second SMTC configuration to the first SMTC Configuration for measurement, specifically, the sixth indication information instructs the terminal device to switch from the second SMTC configuration to the first SMTC configuration for measurement. Alternatively, the sixth indication information carries the SMTC configuration for stopping relaxation measurement.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案,在终端设备进入连接态时,可以指示终端设备第一参考信号的类型,使得终端设备可以基于指示对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值,并判断第一测量值和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,终端设备将判断结果上报给网络设备,网络设备根据该结果指示终端设备是否进入测量放松状态,当进入测量放松状态时,可以节省连接态终端设备的功耗。以及,当不满足第一准则后,及时停止测量放松,确保终端在连接态正常工作。The technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application can indicate the type of the first reference signal of the terminal device when the terminal device enters the connected state, so that the terminal device can measure the reference signal of the first reference signal type based on the indication, and obtain the first measurement Value, and judge whether the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion, the terminal device reports the judgment result to the network device, and the network device indicates whether the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state according to the result, when entering the measurement relaxation state , which can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment in the connected state. And, when the first criterion is not satisfied, the measurement relaxation is stopped in time to ensure that the terminal works normally in the connected state.

图4是本申请实施例的通信方法的另一例。如图4所示,该方法400包括:Fig. 4 is another example of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4, the method 400 includes:

S410,网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置信息。S410, the network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device.

具体的,该测量配置信息中测量对象列表,上报配置列表等。其中,每个测量对象都对应一个测量标识,每个上报配置都对应一个测量上报标识,每个测量标识关联一个测量对象标识和一个测量上报标识。终端设备可以根据收到的测量标识,确定对应的测量对象和上报配置。Specifically, the measurement object list, the report configuration list, etc. in the measurement configuration information. Wherein, each measurement object corresponds to a measurement identifier, each reporting configuration corresponds to a measurement reporting identifier, and each measurement identifier is associated with a measurement object identifier and a measurement reporting identifier. The terminal device can determine the corresponding measurement object and report configuration according to the received measurement identifier.

应理解,在测量对象列表中的每个测量对象中,配置了频率信息,小区信息,参考信号信息等中的至少一项。It should be understood that at least one item of frequency information, cell information, reference signal information, etc. is configured in each measurement object in the measurement object list.

在本申请实施例中,在上报配置列表中,定义了新的事件,该事件所指示的内容可以与方法300中第一指示信息指示的内容类似,该事件可以为:第一准则判断事件,具体包括:静止准则判断事件、不在小区边缘判断事件等。该配置可以为进入第一准则事件则上报,也可以为离开第一准则事件则上报,也可以定义为进入或离开第一准则事件都进行上报。可以定义静止准则事件对应的为第一事件,可以定义不在小区边缘准则事件对应为第二事件。网络设备在该事件配置中,指示终端设备基于事件触发上报,或者周期性上报,也就是说,例如,当配置基于事件触发上报时,终端设备进入第一事件或第二事件,则向网络设备上报,或,终端设备离开第一事件或第二事件,则向网络设备上报,或终端设备进入或离开第一事件或第二事件都上报。当配置周期性上报时,例如,终端设备周期性的向网络设备上报进入第一事件或离开第一事件,或者,终端设备周期性的向网络设备上报进入第二事件或离开第二事件。即上报配置中包含触发上报的第一事件或第二事件,以及对应事件的阈值、指示离开时间是否触发上报、迟滞量、触发时间、是否使用白名单小区中、参考信号类型、指示是否上报服务小区质量、是否上报邻区质量以及上报的测量报告最大数等至少一项。In the embodiment of the present application, a new event is defined in the reporting configuration list, and the content indicated by the event may be similar to the content indicated by the first indication information in method 300. The event may be: the first criterion judgment event, Specifically, it includes: an event judged by a stationary criterion, an event judged not at the edge of a cell, and the like. This configuration can be defined as reporting when entering the first criterion event, or reporting when leaving the first criterion event, or can be defined as reporting both entering and leaving the first criterion event. It may be defined that the stationary criterion event corresponds to the first event, and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion event may be defined as the second event. In the event configuration, the network device instructs the terminal device to trigger the report based on the event, or to report periodically, that is, for example, when the configuration triggers the report based on the event, the terminal device enters the first event or the second event, then the network device report, or, if the terminal device leaves the first event or the second event, report to the network device, or report both the terminal device entering or leaving the first event or the second event. When periodic reporting is configured, for example, the terminal device periodically reports the entering first event or leaving the first event to the network device, or the terminal device periodically reports entering the second event or leaving the second event to the network device. That is, the report configuration includes the first event or the second event that triggers the report, and the threshold of the corresponding event, indicating whether the departure time triggers the report, the delay amount, the trigger time, whether to use the white list cell, the reference signal type, and whether to report the service At least one of the cell quality, whether to report the quality of neighboring cells, and the maximum number of reported measurement reports.

具体的,以静止准则为例,可以将静止准则定义为一个事件,并在该事件中,定义进入准则和离开准则,该进入准则可以为满足静止准则,该离开准则可以为不满足静止准则。网络设备可以在发送给终端设备的上报配置中,增加一个指示信息,该指示信息指示终端设备当满足离开准则时则进行上报。可选的,也可以增加另一个指示信息,该指示信息指示终端设备当满足进入准则时则进行上报。Specifically, taking the stationary criterion as an example, the stationary criterion may be defined as an event, and in the event, an entry criterion and an exit criterion are defined, the entry criterion may be that the stationary criterion is met, and the exit criterion may be that the stationary criterion is not met. The network device may add indication information in the reporting configuration sent to the terminal device, and the indication information instructs the terminal device to report when the leaving criterion is met. Optionally, another indication information may also be added, and the indication information instructs the terminal device to report when the entry criterion is satisfied.

具体的,以静止准则为例,可以将静止准则定义为两个事件,其中,进入静止准则为一个事件,离开静止准则为另一个事件。可选的,当终端设备满足进入静止准则时进行上报。可选的,当终端设备满足离开静止准则时也进行上报。Specifically, taking the stationary criterion as an example, the stationary criterion may be defined as two events, wherein entering the stationary criterion is one event and leaving the stationary criterion is the other event. Optionally, reporting is performed when the terminal device satisfies the entry-quiet criterion. Optionally, reporting is also performed when the terminal device satisfies the leaving-quiet criterion.

该配置信息为进入第一事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported when entering the first event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and then reports:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

可选的,当终端设备测得的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足上述公式的维持时间大于或等于预设时间第一时间后,终端设备判断SSB信号的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足静止准则,即满足进入第一事件。Optionally, when the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold value measured by the terminal device satisfies the above formula for a maintenance time greater than or equal to the first preset time, the terminal device judges the first measured value of the SSB signal and the first threshold. The relationship of the thresholds satisfies the quiescence criterion, ie, the entry into the first event.

需要说明的是,该预设时间第一时间可以为基站向终端设备配置的满足静止准则的维持时间,该第一时间的具体名称可以为TSearchDeltaP,也可以为Tin,本申请实施例对该第一时间的具体名称不做限定。It should be noted that the first time of the preset time may be the maintenance time configured by the base station to the terminal device to meet the static criterion, and the specific name of the first time may be TSearchDeltaP or Tin. The specific name of a time is not limited.

需要说明的是,基站也可以向终端设备配置不满足静止准则的维持时间第二时间,用于终端设备判断是否离开测量放松状态,该第二时间的具体名称可以为Tout,本申请对该第二时间的具体名称不做限定。It should be noted that the base station can also configure the terminal device with a second time for the maintenance time that does not meet the static criterion, which is used for the terminal device to judge whether to leave the measurement relaxation state. The specific name of the second time can be Tout. The specific name of the second time is not limited.

需要说明的是,该满足静止准则的维持时间第一时间和不满足静止准则的维持时间第二时间可以通过RRC消息进行配置,也可以通过测量配置中的报告配置进行配置。It should be noted that the first time of the maintenance time satisfying the static criterion and the second maintenance time of not satisfying the static criterion may be configured through an RRC message, or may be configured through a report configuration in the measurement configuration.

可选的,若终端设备测得的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足静止准则的维持时间达不到第一时间,终端设备则将驻留小区或者服务小区的Srxlev设置为SrxlevRef。可选的,若在第三时间内终端设备测得的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足静止准则的维持时间达不到第一时间,终端设备则将驻留小区或者服务小区的Srxlev设置为SrxlevRef。可选的,该第三时间是基站向终端设备指示的。可选的,该第三时间是终端设备默认的。。Optionally, if the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold measured by the terminal device satisfies the static criterion for a period of time that does not reach the first time, the terminal device sets Srxlev of the camping cell or serving cell as Srxlev Ref . Optionally, if the relationship between the first measurement value measured by the terminal device and the first threshold satisfies the static criterion within the third time period and the maintenance time does not reach the first time, the terminal device will camp on the Srxlev of the cell or the serving cell. Set to Srxlev Ref . Optionally, the third time is indicated by the base station to the terminal device. Optionally, the third time is defaulted by the terminal device. .

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and SSearchDeltaP is the threshold received in the idle state or inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and offsetCSI is the offset received in the connected state.

该配置信息为离开第一事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported as leaving the first event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and reports it:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received in the idle state or inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state.

该配置信息为进入第二事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported when entering the second event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and reports it:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

Srxlev>SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev>S searchThresholdP and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,Squal>S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold,

SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual>S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal>S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are the thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

该配置信息为离开第二事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported as leaving the second event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and reports:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

Srxlev<SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev<S searchThresholdP and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,Squal<S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold,

SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

Srxlev<SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev<S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual<S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev<SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev<S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal<S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are the thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

需要说明的是,在该事件的配置中,可以包括第一参考信息类型的配置,用于指示使用哪种参考信号,该第一参考信号类型包括:SSB,CSI-RS,关于该第一参考信号类型的描述具体可参见方法300。也可以为默认,从该配置信息的事件定义中默认该第一参考信号的类型。It should be noted that, in the configuration of this event, the configuration of the first reference information type may be included, which is used to indicate which reference signal is used. The first reference signal type includes: SSB, CSI-RS, and the first reference information type For the description of the signal type, refer to the method 300 for details. It can also be default, and the type of the first reference signal is defaulted from the event definition of the configuration information.

需要说明的是,在该事件的配置中,可以指示上报邻区的测量结果,也可以指示上报服务小区的测量结果,具体可参见方法300。It should be noted that in the configuration of this event, it may be instructed to report the measurement result of the neighboring cell, or may be instructed to report the measurement result of the serving cell. For details, refer to the method 300 .

需要说明的是,在网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置信息之前,终端设备可以在于网络设备建立RRC连接之后,向网络设备指示终端设备的能力信息,该能力信息可以包括窄带终端能力,和/或,支持连接态测量放松的能力等,本申请对此不做特别限定。It should be noted that, before the network device sends the measurement configuration information to the terminal device, the terminal device may indicate the capability information of the terminal device to the network device after the network device establishes the RRC connection, and the capability information may include narrowband terminal capability, and/or , the ability to support connection state measurement relaxation, etc., which are not particularly limited in this application.

S420,终端设备根据测量配置信息进行测量。S420, the terminal device performs measurement according to the measurement configuration information.

终端设备根据测量配置信息中的第一参考信号类型对邻区或者服务小区的参考信号进行测量。The terminal device measures the reference signal of the neighboring cell or the serving cell according to the first reference signal type in the measurement configuration information.

S430,终端设备进行测量上报。S430, the terminal device performs measurement reporting.

具体的,终端设备根据测量结果判断是否满足事件的触发条件,该触发条件可以为进入或离开第一事件,或进入或离开第二事件,根据上报配置中的配置向网络设备发送测量上报消息,用于指示该终端设备满足进入或离开第一事件或者第二事件。Specifically, the terminal device judges whether the trigger condition of the event is met according to the measurement result. The trigger condition can be entering or leaving the first event, or entering or leaving the second event, and sends a measurement report message to the network device according to the configuration in the report configuration, It is used to indicate that the terminal device satisfies the entering or leaving the first event or the second event.

终端设备向网络设备发送测量结果,结果中包含服务小区的质量和/邻区的质量,其中服务小区的质量可以为至少一次测量结果,邻区质量为至少一个邻区的测量结果。The terminal device sends the measurement result to the network device, and the result includes the quality of the serving cell and/or the quality of the neighboring cell, wherein the quality of the serving cell may be at least one measurement result, and the quality of the neighboring cell may be the measurement result of at least one neighboring cell.

具体的,以静止准则为例,与步骤S410所述相对应,当将静止准则作为一个事件,并在该事件内,定义了进入准则和离开准则。终端设备收到该配置信息,若终端设备满足了进入准则或离开准则后,则触发测量报告的上报。需要说明的是,在发送测量报告时,也需要携带一个指示信息,该指示信息用于指示进入准则或离开准则,即需要指示上报的原因。Specifically, taking the stationary criterion as an example, corresponding to the description in step S410, the stationary criterion is regarded as an event, and within the event, an entry criterion and an exit criterion are defined. After receiving the configuration information, the terminal device triggers reporting of the measurement report if the terminal device meets the entry criterion or exit criterion. It should be noted that when the measurement report is sent, it also needs to carry an indication information, which is used to indicate the entry criterion or the exit criterion, that is, the reason for the report needs to be indicated.

在某些实施例中,终端向网络设备发送的测量报告消息中携带一个指示信息,用于指示该测量报告没有其他的测量结果,比如同频邻区,异频邻区的测量结果,或者没有任何小区的测量结果。In some embodiments, the measurement report message sent by the terminal to the network device carries an indication information, which is used to indicate that the measurement report has no other measurement results, such as the measurement results of the same-frequency adjacent cells, different-frequency adjacent cells, or no Measurement results for any cell.

S440,网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。S440. The network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state.

具体的,若网络设备根据终端设备发送的测量上报消息,判断该终端设备满足进入第一或者第二事件,则向终端发送第三指示消息,该指示信息可以包括在重新发送的测量配置信息中,可选的,其体现形式可以为在测量配置信息中包含待测量的频率信息或小区列表信息,上述信息与终端设备之前收到的测量配置信息相比,待测量的频率和小区数目更少,使得终端设备可以测量更少的频率,或,更少的小区数目等,即相当于进入测量放松状态。可选的,其体现形式可以为在测量配置信息中,在带测量的频点信息或小区信息中,添加指示字段,用于指示终端设备对该频率或者该小区需要进行测量放松,或者在测量对象配置中添加该字段,标识对应的测量对象需要进行放松;或者添加放松测量字段,用于指示某一测量标识对应的测量对象进行测量放松。可选的,其体现形式可以为测量配置信息中,具体指示终端设备测量放松的内容,该内容可以参见方法300中S350的相关描述。第三指示信息可以是承载在RRC重配消息中。具体的第三指示信息可以指示测量放松的方式,比如测量的周期,或者不测量指示等。Specifically, if the network device judges that the terminal device satisfies entering the first or second event according to the measurement report message sent by the terminal device, it sends a third indication message to the terminal, and the indication information may be included in the resent measurement configuration information , optionally, the embodiment may include frequency information or cell list information to be measured in the measurement configuration information, and the above information has fewer frequencies and cells to be measured than the measurement configuration information previously received by the terminal device , so that the terminal device can measure fewer frequencies, or a smaller number of cells, etc., which is equivalent to entering a measurement relaxation state. Optionally, it can be embodied in the form of adding an indication field in the measurement configuration information, in the frequency point information or cell information with measurement, to indicate that the terminal device needs to relax the measurement of the frequency or the cell, or in the measurement Add this field in the object configuration to identify that the corresponding measurement object needs to be relaxed; or add a relaxation measurement field to indicate that the measurement object corresponding to a certain measurement identifier needs to perform measurement relaxation. Optionally, the embodiment may be the content in the measurement configuration information that specifically instructs the terminal device to relax the measurement. For the content, please refer to the related description of S350 in the method 300. The third indication information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message. The specific third indication information may indicate a manner of measuring relaxation, such as a period of measurement, or an indication of no measurement, and the like.

需要说明的是,网络设备也可以不依赖上述流程,直接向终端设备发送开始或者停止测量放松的指示。It should be noted that the network device may also directly send an instruction to start or stop measurement relaxation to the terminal device without relying on the above process.

可选的,该指示信息也可以以一条单独的信息发送,指示终端设备具体的测量放松的内容,具体描述可以参见方法300中步骤S350的相关描述。Optionally, the indication information may also be sent as a separate message, indicating the specific content of the measurement relaxation to the terminal device. For specific description, refer to the related description of step S350 in the method 300 .

S450,终端设备结束测量放松状态。S450, the terminal device ends the measurement relaxation state.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备测量放松状态测量后发现满足离开第一事件或离开第二事件,可以向网络设备上报离开第一事件或第二事件,也可以单独向网络设备发送指示信息,指示离开第一事件或第二事件。终端设备可以自行决定停止放松并向网络设备发送测量上报消息,用于通知网络设备该终端设备离开第一或第二事件。In the embodiment of the present application, after the terminal device measures the relaxed state and finds that the leaving first event or the second leaving event is satisfied, it may report the first leaving event or the second leaving event to the network device, or send indication information to the network device separately, Indicates leaving the first event or the second event. The terminal device may decide to stop relaxing and send a measurement report message to the network device to notify the network device that the terminal device leaves the first or second event.

可选的,也可以收到网络设备发送的停止测量放松后,在停止进行测量放松。网络设备发送的停止测量放松指示可以包含在RRC重配置,也可以是在MAC CE中。可以针对某一小区或者频率或者某一测量对象或者某一测量标识等进行指示停止测量放松。Optionally, after receiving the stop measurement relaxation sent by the network device, the measurement relaxation may be stopped. The stop measurement relaxation indication sent by the network device may be included in the RRC reconfiguration, or in the MAC CE. An instruction to stop measurement relaxation may be performed for a certain cell or frequency or a certain measurement object or a certain measurement identifier.

具体的,终端设备也可以根据是否满足第一条件判断是否离开测量放松状态。关于该第一条件的具体描述可以参考方法200,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the terminal device may also judge whether to leave the measurement relaxation state according to whether the first condition is satisfied. For a specific description of the first condition, reference may be made to the method 200, which will not be repeated here.

该步骤的其他相关描述可以参见方法300中步骤S360的相关描述。For other related descriptions of this step, refer to the related description of step S360 in the method 300 .

本申请实施例提供的技术方案,在终端设备进入连接态时,可以在测量配置信息中添加新的测量上报事件,指示终端设备第一参考信号的类型,使得终端设备可以基于指示对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值,并判断第一测量值和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,终端设备将判断结果通过测量上报信息上报给网络设备,网络设备根据该结果指示终端设备是否进入测量放松状态,当进入测量放松状态时,可以节省连接态终端设备的功耗。通过测量上报过程进行上报,实现连接态测量放松流程。According to the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device enters the connected state, a new measurement reporting event can be added to the measurement configuration information to indicate the type of the first reference signal of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform the first reference signal based on the indication. The reference signal of the signal type is measured to obtain the first measurement value, and judge whether the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion, the terminal device reports the judgment result to the network device through the measurement report information, and the network device according to the The result indicates whether the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, and when entering the measurement relaxation state, the power consumption of the terminal device in the connected state can be saved. Report through the measurement reporting process to realize the connection state measurement relaxation process.

图5是本申请实施例的通信方法的再一例。如图5所示,该方法500包括:Fig. 5 is another example of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5, the method 500 includes:

S510,集中式单元(Centralized Unit,CU)向分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU)发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示禁止终端设备接入第一小区。S510. A centralized unit (Centralized Unit, CU) sends first information to a distributed unit (Distributed Unit, DU), where the first information is used to indicate that a terminal device is prohibited from accessing the first cell.

终端设备可以有两种不同能力的终端,包括:一个接收分支(1R)终端设备,两个接收分支(2R)接收设备,对于低能力的1R或2R终端设备,需要消耗较多的无线资源,因此网络侧会在负载较大的情况下,对低能力终端进行接入控制,限制该类终端设备的应用。Terminal devices can have two types of terminals with different capabilities, including: one receiving branch (1R) terminal device, two receiving branch (2R) receiving devices, for low-capability 1R or 2R terminal devices, more wireless resources need to be consumed, Therefore, the network side will perform access control on low-capability terminals when the load is heavy, and limit the application of this type of terminal equipment.

具体的,在CU-DU架构中,当CU确定对终端设备进行接入控制时,CU向DU发送第一信息,第一信息指示禁止1R或2R终端设备接入第一小区。具体的,该第一信息用于指示终端设备在执行小区选择或者小区重选时选到该第一小区。Specifically, in the CU-DU architecture, when the CU determines to perform access control on the terminal device, the CU sends the first information to the DU, and the first information indicates that the 1R or 2R terminal device is prohibited from accessing the first cell. Specifically, the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to select the first cell when performing cell selection or cell reselection.

S520,DU向终端设备发送系统消息,该系统消息中包括第一信息。S520, the DU sends a system message to the terminal device, where the system message includes the first information.

具体的,DU接收CU发送的第一消息,可选的,DU可以直接将该第一消息的内容包括在系统消息中,发送给终端设备,可选的,DU可以接收该第一消息,重新生成一个指示信息包括在系统消息中,发送给终端设备。Specifically, the DU receives the first message sent by the CU. Optionally, the DU may directly include the content of the first message in a system message and send it to the terminal device. Optionally, the DU may receive the first message and re- Generate an instruction message to include in the system message and send it to the terminal device.

S530,终端设备接收第一信息,根据第一信息确定第一小区禁止接入。S530. The terminal device receives first information, and determines that access to the first cell is prohibited according to the first information.

具体的,终端设备接收系统消息中的第一消息,终端设备根据自身的1R或2R能力,确定第一小区不能接入,进一步的,终端设备根据第一信息执行同频或者异频的小区重选。Specifically, the terminal device receives the first message in the system message, and the terminal device determines that the first cell cannot be accessed according to its own 1R or 2R capability, and further, the terminal device executes the same-frequency or different-frequency cell re-registration according to the first information. select.

图6是本申请实施例的通信装置600示意图,该通信装置600中的各个单元可以通过软件来实现。Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the present application, and each unit in the communication device 600 may be implemented by software.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例200中的终端设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中终端设备的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法200中的终端设备对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment 200 above, or a chip configured to realize the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the terminal device in the method 200 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息。The transceiving unit 610 is configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device.

处理单元620,用于在连接态下根据第一指示信息对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,以获取第一测量值。The processing unit 620 is configured to measure the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information in the connected state, so as to obtain a first measurement value.

具体的,该第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号类型。进一步的,该第一指示信息用于指示处理单元620对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则。可选的,该第一指示信息还用于指示第一阈值,或者,偏置量信息。需要说明的是,若第一指示信息用于指示偏置量信息,则可能收发单元610在空闲态或非激活态已经收到过一次阈值信息,处理单元620在该阈值信息的基础上结合偏置量信息用于后续的判断。可选的,该第一阈值可以为通信装置进入连接态时重新配置的第一阈值,可选的,该第一阈值可以为通信装置在空闲态时的阈值,处理单元620默认使用该空闲态时的阈值继续用于判断。Specifically, the first indication information is used to indicate the first reference signal type. Further, the first indication information is used to instruct the processing unit 620 to perform a first determination on the reference signal of the first reference signal type, and the first determination is used to determine the difference between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold Whether the relationship between satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the first threshold, or offset information. It should be noted that if the first indication information is used to indicate the offset information, it is possible that the transceiver unit 610 has received the threshold information once in the idle state or the inactive state, and the processing unit 620 combines the offset information on the basis of the threshold information. The amount information is used for subsequent judgments. Optionally, the first threshold may be the first threshold reconfigured when the communication device enters the connected state. Optionally, the first threshold may be the threshold when the communication device is in the idle state, and the processing unit 620 uses the idle state by default. The time threshold continues to be used for judgment.

具体的,该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块(Synchronization SignalBlock,SSB),信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)。需要说明的是,当通信装置处于空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号,当通信装置处于连接态时,处理单元620可以被配置SSB信号和/或CSI-RS信号。Specifically, the first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) and a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS). It should be noted that when the communication device is in the idle state or inactive state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals, and when the communication device is in the connected state, the processing unit 620 may be configured with SSB signals and/or CSI-RS signals.

需要说明的是,在空闲态或非激活态时,处理单元620对SSB信号进行测量,在连接态时,处理单元620可以对SSB信号进行测量,处理单元620也可以对CSI-RS信号进行测量。It should be noted that, in the idle state or inactive state, the processing unit 620 measures the SSB signal, and in the connected state, the processing unit 620 can measure the SSB signal, and the processing unit 620 can also measure the CSI-RS signal .

在某些实施例中,当通信装置处于连接态时,该第一指示信息可以通过广播或专用信令单独发送,该专用信令可以为无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)重配置消息,或媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)MACCE等消息,本申请实施例对此不做特别限定。In some embodiments, when the communication device is in the connected state, the first indication information may be sent separately through broadcast or dedicated signaling, and the dedicated signaling may be a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration message, Or media access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) MACCE and other messages, which are not particularly limited in this embodiment of the present application.

在某些实施例中,当通信装置处于连接态时,该第一指示信息可以包括在测量配置信息或者上报配置中,该第一指示信息指示的内容可以以基于事件触发上报或者周期性上报的事件被定义在上报列表中。该第一指示信息也可以承载在RRC重配置消息中。In some embodiments, when the communication device is in the connected state, the first indication information may be included in the measurement configuration information or the reporting configuration, and the content indicated by the first indication information may be reported based on event triggering or periodic reporting. Events are defined in the escalation list. The first indication information may also be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.

在某些实施例中,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型可以为隐式的指示,例如,该通信装置在连接态时,收发单元610收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示处理单元620使用SSB信号进行测量或上报时,收发单元610未收到该第一指示信息但默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,或者,该通信装置在连接态时,收发单元610收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示处理单元620使用CSI-RS信号进行测量或者上报时,收发单元610未收到第一指示信息但处理单元620默认使用CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。需要说明的是,该测量配置信息中配置了其他方面的测量需求。再例如,该通信装置在连接态时,默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,不需要网络设备发送第一指示信息进行第一参考信号类型的指示。需要说明的是,若接收到第一指示信息,则不采用默认的SSB信号进行第一判定的测量,对应的,根据第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型对该类型的参考信号进行第一判定的测量。再例如,该通信装置在空闲态或者非激活态时,网络设备向收发单元610广播第一指示信息,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号。对应的,当通信装置由空闲态或者非激活态进入连接态时,可以根据空闲态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型继续进行测量。In some embodiments, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information may be an implicit indication, for example, when the communication device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the transceiver unit 610 is an indication When the processing unit 620 uses the SSB signal for measurement or reporting, the transceiver unit 610 does not receive the first indication information but uses the SSB signal to perform the measurement for the first determination by default, or, when the communication device is in the connected state, the transceiver unit 610 When all the received measurement configuration information indicates that the processing unit 620 uses the CSI-RS signal for measurement or reporting, the transceiver unit 610 does not receive the first indication information but the processing unit 620 uses the CSI-RS signal for the first measurement by default. Judgmental measurement. It should be noted that other measurement requirements are configured in the measurement configuration information. For another example, when the communication device is in the connected state, the SSB signal is used by default to perform the measurement for the first determination, and the network device does not need to send the first indication information to indicate the type of the first reference signal. It should be noted that, if the first indication information is received, the default SSB signal is not used to perform the measurement of the first determination. Correspondingly, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is used for the first determination. A judgmental measurement. For another example, when the communication device is in an idle state or an inactive state, the network device broadcasts first indication information to the transceiver unit 610. Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is an SSB signal. Optionally , the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is a CSI-RS signal. Correspondingly, when the communication device enters the connected state from the idle state or the inactive state, the measurement may be continued according to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information received in the idle state.

具体的,该第一准则可以包括静止准则,不在小区边缘准则。需要说明的是,该静止准则和不在小区边缘准则可以从一定程度上评估通信装置的大概位置和移动性信息。Specifically, the first criterion may include a stationary criterion and a not-at-the-cell-edge criterion. It should be noted that the stationary criterion and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion can evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the communication device to a certain extent.

具体的,该第一测量值和第一阈值(或第一阈值的偏置量)的关系满足静止准则,则第一参考信号类型的参考信号的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足下列关系:Specifically, the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold (or the offset of the first threshold) satisfies the static criterion, then the relationship between the first measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the following relation:

对于第一参考信号类型为SSB信号:For the first reference signal type is SSB signal:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

对于第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号:For the first reference signal type is a CSI-RS signal:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。具体的,阈值与偏置量的名称在本申请实施例指标是一种名称的示例,也可以使用其他名称,本申请实施例对此不做限定。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received when the idle state or the inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state. Specifically, the name of the threshold and the offset value in the embodiment of the present application is an example of a name, and other names may also be used, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

具体的,该第一测量值和第一阈值(或第一阈值的偏置量)的关系满足不在小区边缘准则,则第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足下列关系:Specifically, the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold (or the offset of the first threshold) satisfies the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, then the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold satisfies the following relationship:

对于第一参考信号类型为SSB信号:For the first reference signal type is SSB signal:

Srxlev>SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev>S searchThresholdP and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,Squal>S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold,

SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

对于第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号:For the first reference signal type is a CSI-RS signal:

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual>S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal>S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are the thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

需要说明的是,在某些实施例中,该通信装置在空闲态时根据广播的SSB信号的阈值进行第一判定,当通信装置由空闲态进入连接态时,网络设备可以指示处理单元620测量的参考信号的类型为SSB信号或CSI-RS信号,当指示测量的信号为SSB信号时,可以延用空闲态时的SSB信号的阈值,也可以重新指示SSB信号的第一阈值,当指示测量的信号为CSI-RS信号时,可以在空闲态的SSB信号的阈值的基础上,指示偏置量,也可以重新指示CSI-RS信号的第一阈值,本申请对此不做特别的限定。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, the communication device performs the first determination according to the threshold value of the broadcasted SSB signal in the idle state, and when the communication device enters the connection state from the idle state, the network device may instruct the processing unit 620 to measure The type of the reference signal is SSB signal or CSI-RS signal. When indicating that the signal to be measured is an SSB signal, the threshold value of the SSB signal in the idle state can be continued, or the first threshold value of the SSB signal can be re-indicated. When the signal is indicated to be measured When the signal is a CSI-RS signal, the offset amount may be indicated based on the threshold of the SSB signal in the idle state, or the first threshold of the CSI-RS signal may be re-indicated, which is not particularly limited in the present application.

需要说明的是,在某些情况下,网络设备也可以指示该处理单元620测量是否满足其他准则,本申请对此不做限定。可选的,该其他准则可以辅助网络设备判断是否使该通信设备进入测量放松状态。It should be noted that, in some cases, the network device may also instruct the processing unit 620 whether the measurement meets other criteria, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the other criterion may assist the network device in judging whether to make the communication device enter the measurement relaxed state.

具体的,收发单元610接收第一指示信息,确定用于进行第一判定的第一参考信号类型,处理单元620对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量。Specifically, the transceiving unit 610 receives the first indication information, determines the first reference signal type used for the first determination, and the processing unit 620 measures the reference signal of the first reference signal type.

处理单元620可以对服务小区进行n次测量,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排列,该n大于或等于1。The processing unit 620 may perform n measurements on the serving cell, the n measurements may be arranged according to the measurement time, and n is greater than or equal to 1.

处理单元620可以对服务小区的m个邻区进行测量,该m大于或等于1。The processing unit 620 may perform measurements on m neighboring cells of the serving cell, where m is greater than or equal to 1.

该收发单元610还用于向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to send second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该第二指示信息作为单独的信令向网络设备发送,可以通过收发单元610辅助信息消息来发送给网络设备,也可以通过MAC CE信息发送给网络设备。该第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,可选的,处理单元620可以对服务小区进行至少n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该处理单元620也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the second indication information is sent to the network device as a separate signaling, which may be sent to the network device through an auxiliary information message of the transceiver unit 610, or may be sent to the network device through MAC CE information. The second indication information is used to indicate that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the processing unit 620 may perform at least n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurements that satisfy the first criterion As a result, the n measurements can be sorted according to the measurement time. Optionally, the processing unit 620 can also perform measurements on m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该第二指示信息包括在处理单元620的测量报告中向网络设备发送。可选的,处理单元620可以对服务小区进行至少n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该处理单元620也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the second indication information is sent to the network device in the measurement report of the processing unit 620 . Optionally, the processing unit 620 may perform at least n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion. The n measurements may be sorted according to the time of measurement. Optionally, the processing unit 620 may also The m neighboring cells may be measured, and the measurement results satisfying the first criterion are reported.

在某些实施例中,收发单元610也可以上报不满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the transceiver unit 610 may also report the measurement results that do not satisfy the first criterion.

该收发单元610还用于接收网络设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示处理单元620进入测量放松状态。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to receive third indication information sent by the network device, and the third indication information is used to instruct the processing unit 620 to enter the measurement relaxation state.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例200中的网络设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中网络设备的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法200中的网络设备对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the network device in the method embodiment 200 above, or a chip for realizing the functions of the network device in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the network device in the method 200 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息。The transceiving unit 610 is configured to send the first indication information to the terminal device.

处理单元620,用于确定终端设备可以进入测量放松状态。The processing unit 620 is configured to determine that the terminal device can enter the measurement relaxation state.

具体的,该第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号类型。进一步的,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,第一判定用于判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则。可选的,该第一指示信息还用于指示第一阈值,或者,偏置量信息。需要说明的是,若第一指示信息用于指示偏置量信息,则可能终端设备在空闲态或非激活态已经收到过一次阈值信息,终端设备在该阈值信息的基础上结合偏置量信息用于后续的判断。可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备进入连接态时重新配置的第一阈值,可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备在空闲态时的阈值,终端设备默认使用该空闲态时的阈值继续用于判断。Specifically, the first indication information is used to indicate the first reference signal type. Further, the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform a first determination on the reference signal of the first reference signal type, and the first determination is used to determine the difference between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold Whether the relationship satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the first threshold, or offset information. It should be noted that if the first indication information is used to indicate offset information, it is possible that the terminal device has received the threshold information once in the idle state or inactive state, and the terminal device combines the offset information based on the threshold information The information is used for subsequent judgments. Optionally, the first threshold may be the first threshold reconfigured when the terminal device enters the connected state. Optionally, the first threshold may be the threshold when the terminal device is in the idle state, and the terminal device uses the idle state by default. The threshold value continues to be used for judgment.

具体的,该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块(Synchronization SignalBlock,SSB),信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)。需要说明的是,当终端设备处于空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号,当终端设备处于连接态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号和/或CSI-RS信号。Specifically, the first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) and a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS). It should be noted that when the terminal device is in the idle state or inactive state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals, and when the terminal device is in the connected state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals and/or CSI-RS signals.

需要说明的是,在空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备对SSB信号进行测量,在连接态时,终端设备可以对SSB信号进行测量,终端设备也可以对CSI-RS信号进行测量。It should be noted that, in the idle state or the inactive state, the terminal device measures the SSB signal, and in the connected state, the terminal device can measure the SSB signal, and the terminal device can also measure the CSI-RS signal.

在某些实施例中,当终端设备处于连接态时,该第一指示信息可以通过广播或专用信令单独发送,该专用信令可以为无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)重配置消息,或媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)MACCE等消息,本申请实施例对此不做特别限定。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the first indication information may be sent separately through broadcast or dedicated signaling, and the dedicated signaling may be a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration message, Or media access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) MACCE and other messages, which are not particularly limited in this embodiment of the present application.

在某些实施例中,当终端设备处于连接态时,该第一指示信息可以包括在测量配置信息或者上报配置中,该第一指示信息指示的内容可以以基于事件触发上报或者周期性上报的事件被定义在上报列表中。该第一指示信息也可以承载在RRC重配置消息中。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the first indication information may be included in the measurement configuration information or the reporting configuration, and the content indicated by the first indication information may be reported based on event triggering or periodic reporting. Events are defined in the escalation list. The first indication information may also be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.

在某些实施例中,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型可以为隐式的指示,例如,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或上报时,终端设备未收到该第一指示信息但默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,或者,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量或者上报时,终端设备未收到第一指示信息但默认使用CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。需要说明的是,该测量配置信息中配置了其他方面的测量需求。再例如,该终端设备在连接态时,默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,不需要网络设备发送第一指示信息进行第一参考信号类型的指示。需要说明的是,若接收到第一指示信息,则不采用默认的SSB信号进行第一判定的测量,对应的,根据第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型对该类型的参考信号进行第一判定的测量。再例如,该终端设备在空闲态或者非激活态时,网络设备向终端设备广播第一指示信息,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号。对应的,当终端设备由空闲态或者非激活态进入连接态时,可以根据空闲态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型继续进行测量。In some embodiments, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information may be an implicit indication, for example, when the terminal device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal When the device uses the SSB signal for measurement or reporting, the terminal device does not receive the first indication information but uses the SSB signal to perform the measurement for the first determination by default, or, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the measurement received by the terminal device All of the configuration information indicates that when the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement or report, the terminal device does not receive the first indication information but uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement for the first determination by default. It should be noted that other measurement requirements are configured in the measurement configuration information. For another example, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the SSB signal is used by default to perform the measurement for the first determination, and the network device does not need to send the first indication information to indicate the type of the first reference signal. It should be noted that, if the first indication information is received, the default SSB signal is not used to perform the measurement of the first determination. Correspondingly, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is used for the first determination. A judgmental measurement. For another example, when the terminal device is in the idle state or inactive state, the network device broadcasts first indication information to the terminal device. Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is an SSB signal. Optionally, The first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is a CSI-RS signal. Correspondingly, when the terminal device enters the connected state from the idle state or the inactive state, the measurement may be continued according to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information received in the idle state.

具体的,该第一准则可以包括静止准则,不在小区边缘准则。需要说明的是,该静止准则和不在小区边缘准则可以从一定程度上评估终端设备的大概位置和移动性信息。Specifically, the first criterion may include a stationary criterion and a not-at-the-cell-edge criterion. It should be noted that the stationary criterion and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion can evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device to a certain extent.

具体的,该第一测量值和第一阈值(或第一阈值的偏置量)的关系满足静止准则,则第一参考信号类型的参考信号的第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足下列关系:Specifically, the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold (or the offset of the first threshold) satisfies the static criterion, then the relationship between the first measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the following relation:

对于第一参考信号类型为SSB信号:For the first reference signal type is SSB signal:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

对于第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号:For the first reference signal type is a CSI-RS signal:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。具体的,阈值与偏置量的名称在本申请实施例中只表示一种名称的示例,也可以使用其他名称,本申请实施例对此不做限定。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received when the idle state or the inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state. Specifically, the name of the threshold value and the offset value in the embodiment of the present application is only an example of a name, and other names may also be used, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

具体的,该第一测量值和第一阈值(或第一阈值的偏置量)的关系满足不在小区边缘准则,则第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足下列关系:Specifically, the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold (or the offset of the first threshold) satisfies the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, then the relationship between the first measured value and the first threshold satisfies the following relationship:

对于第一参考信号类型为SSB信号:For the first reference signal type is SSB signal:

Srxlev>SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev>S searchThresholdP and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,Squal>S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold,

SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

对于第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号:For the first reference signal type is a CSI-RS signal:

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual>S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal>S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, this threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

需要说明的是,在某些实施例中,终端设备在空闲态时根据广播的SSB信号的阈值进行第一判定,当终端设备由空闲态进入连接态时,网络设备可以指示终端设备测量的参考信号的类型为SSB信号或CSI-RS信号,当指示测量的信号为SSB信号时,可以延用空闲态时的SSB信号的阈值,也可以重新指示SSB信号的第一阈值,当指示测量的信号为CSI-RS信号时,可以在空闲态的SSB信号的阈值的基础上,指示偏置量,也可以重新指示CSI-RS信号的第一阈值,本申请对此不做特别的限定。需要说明的是,在某些情况下,网络设备也可以指示终端设备测量是否满足其他准则,本申请对此不做限定。可选的,该其他准则可以辅助网络设备判断是否使终端设备进入测量放松状态。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the idle state, the first judgment is made according to the threshold value of the broadcasted SSB signal. When the terminal device enters the connection state from the idle state, the network device may indicate the terminal device to measure the reference The signal type is SSB signal or CSI-RS signal. When indicating that the measured signal is an SSB signal, the threshold value of the SSB signal in the idle state can be extended, or the first threshold value of the SSB signal can be re-indicated. When the signal measured is indicated When it is a CSI-RS signal, the offset amount may be indicated based on the threshold of the SSB signal in the idle state, or the first threshold of the CSI-RS signal may be re-indicated, which is not particularly limited in the present application. It should be noted that, in some cases, the network device may also instruct the terminal device whether the measurement meets other criteria, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the other criterion may assist the network device in judging whether to make the terminal device enter the measurement relaxed state.

该收发单元610还用于接收终端设备发送的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该第二指示信息作为单独的信令向收发单元610发送,可以通过终端设备辅助信息消息来发送给收发单元610,也可以通过MAC CE信息发送给收发单元610。该第二指示信息用于指示第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行至少n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the second indication information is sent to the transceiving unit 610 as a separate signaling, which may be sent to the transceiving unit 610 through a terminal device auxiliary information message, or may be sent to the transceiving unit 610 through MAC CE information. The second indication information is used to indicate that the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device may perform at least n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion. , the n measurements may be sorted according to the measurement time. Optionally, the terminal device may also perform measurements on m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,终端设备上报n个服务小区的测量结果,这n个服务小区的测量结果可以为满足准则的n个结果,或者,满足准则后,上报的n个测量结果中包含不满足准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the terminal device reports the measurement results of n serving cells, and the measurement results of the n serving cells may be n results satisfying the criterion, or, after satisfying the criterion, the reported n measuring results include not Measurement results that meet the criteria.

在某些实施例中,当满足第一准则后,终端设备上报m个邻区测量结果。上报所述结果可以使得网络设备获取终端设备的更多信息,来判断是否准许终端进行测量放松。In some embodiments, when the first criterion is met, the terminal device reports the measurement results of m neighboring cells. Reporting the result can enable the network device to obtain more information about the terminal device to determine whether to allow the terminal to perform measurement relaxation.

在某些实施例中,该第二指示信息包括在终端设备的测量报告中向收发单元610发送。可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the second indication information is sent to the transceiver unit 610 in the measurement report of the terminal device. Optionally, the terminal device may perform n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion. The n measurements may be sorted according to the time of measurement. Optionally, the terminal device may also perform m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,终端设备也可以上报不满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the terminal device may also report measurement results that do not satisfy the first criterion.

在另一种实施方式中,对于空闲态的静止准则或者不在小区边缘准则,连接态的终端也可以使用或者复用。具体的,基站在发送系统消息时,可以发送一个指示信息,用于指示终端进入连接态后,是否使用空闲态配置的准则或者参数,来评估是否满足静止准则,以及可以进行后续上报流程。In another implementation manner, for the stationary criterion of the idle state or the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell, the terminal in the connected state may also use or multiplex it. Specifically, when the base station sends a system message, it can send an indication message, which is used to indicate whether to use the criteria or parameters configured in the idle state to evaluate whether the static criterion is met after the terminal enters the connected state, and can perform a subsequent reporting process.

另一种方式为,基站在消息4或者RRC重配中发送指示信息给终端,指示是否使用广播中静止准则。Another way is that the base station sends indication information to the terminal in message 4 or RRC reconfiguration, indicating whether to use the static criterion in broadcast.

若满足可以在UE辅助信息中上报,或者测量报告中上报。If it is satisfied, it can be reported in the UE auxiliary information, or reported in the measurement report.

该收发单元610还用于向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state.

需要说明的是,该步骤为可选的,若处理单元620根据第二指示信息判定终端设备不能进入测量放松状态,则网络设备可以不向终端设备发送第三指示信息。It should be noted that this step is optional. If the processing unit 620 determines that the terminal device cannot enter the measurement relaxed state according to the second indication information, the network device may not send the third indication information to the terminal device.

具体的,收发单元610接收第二指示信息,可选的,处理单元620根据第二指示信息中对服务小区的测量结果对终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息进行评估,可选的,处理单元620根据第二指示信息中对邻区的测量结果,判断终端设备是否可能会发生切换。Specifically, the transceiver unit 610 receives the second indication information. Optionally, the processing unit 620 evaluates the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device according to the measurement results of the serving cell in the second indication information. Optionally, the processing unit 620, according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell in the second indication information, judge whether handover may occur in the terminal device.

具体的,处理单元620根据第二指示信息确定终端设备可以进行测量放松时,向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。该第三指示信息可以为RRC消息,例如,RRC重配置消息,也可以为MAC CE消息等。Specifically, when the processing unit 620 determines that the terminal device can perform measurement relaxation according to the second indication information, it sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state. The third indication information may be an RRC message, for example, an RRC reconfiguration message, or may be a MAC CE message or the like.

应理解,该测量放松的内容可以为频率测量放松、小区测量放松、周期测量放松等。具体的,第三指示信息可以包含:需要测量的频率,或者,需要测量放松的频率,或者,需要测量的小区,或者,需要测量昂送的小区,或者测量的周期(如周期为秒,分,时等)。换句话说,终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对周期进行测量放松,处理单元620可以指示终端设备测量的周期放松,作为示例而非限定,原测量周期为每5分钟测量一次,进入测量放松状态以后,测量周期可以为每10分钟测量一次。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个频率进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该频率不进行测量。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个小区进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该小区不进行测量。需要说明的是,终端设备进入测量放松状态的内容也可以为以上三种的组合,作为示例而非限定,网络设备可以指示终端设备对于某个小区A,测量的周期为20分钟一次,对某个小区B,测量的周期为10分钟一次,该测量放松的内容可以由处理单元620的第三指示信息进行具体指示,也可以由第三指示信息指示进入测量放松状态而由终端设备侧默认测量放松的内容。该第三指示信息可以为RRC重配消息。It should be understood that the content of the measurement relaxation may be frequency measurement relaxation, cell measurement relaxation, period measurement relaxation, and the like. Specifically, the third indication information may include: the frequency that needs to be measured, or the frequency that needs to be measured to relax, or the cell that needs to be measured, or the cell that needs to be measured, or the cycle of the measurement (such as the cycle is seconds, minutes , time, etc.). In other words, after the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, the measurement period can be relaxed, and the processing unit 620 can instruct the terminal device to relax the measurement period. As an example and not a limitation, the original measurement period is once every 5 minutes. After the state, the measurement cycle can be measured every 10 minutes. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain frequency. As an example and not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the frequency. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain cell. As an example but not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the cell. It should be noted that the content for the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state may also be a combination of the above three types. As an example and not a limitation, the network device may instruct the terminal device that for a certain cell A, the measurement period is once every 20 minutes, and for a certain cell A, the measurement period is once every 20 minutes. A cell B, the measurement period is once every 10 minutes, the content of the measurement relaxation can be specifically indicated by the third indication information of the processing unit 620, or the third indication information can indicate to enter the measurement relaxation state and the default measurement by the terminal device side Relaxing content. The third indication information may be an RRC reconfiguration message.

可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对两种类型的参考信号对应的相关测量都可以进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对SSB信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对CSI-RS信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement or the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, and after receiving the third indication information, measurement relaxation can be performed on related measurements corresponding to the two types of reference signals. Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the SSB signal. Optionally, the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the CSI-RS signal.

在某些实施例中,第三指示信息,可以携带测量ID、测量对象ID等,用于指示对该ID对应的测量对象进行返送。也可以指示对哪种参考信号进行测量放松。In some embodiments, the third indication information may carry a measurement ID, a measurement object ID, etc., and is used to indicate that the measurement object corresponding to the ID is sent back. It is also possible to indicate which reference signal the measurement relaxation is performed on.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例300中的终端设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中终端设备的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法300中的终端设备对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment 300 above, or a chip for realizing the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the terminal device in the method 300 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息。The transceiving unit 610 is configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device.

处理单元620,在连接态时根据第一指示信息对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值。The processing unit 620 is configured to measure the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information in the connected state, and acquire a first measurement value.

具体的,该第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号类型。Specifically, the first indication information is used to indicate the first reference signal type.

具体的,该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块(SynchronizationSignalBlock,SSB),信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-ReferenceSignal,CSI-RS)。需要说明的是,当通信装置处于空闲态或非激活态时,处理单元620可以被配置SSB信号,当通信装置处于连接态时,处理单元620可以被配置SSB信号和/或CSI-RS信号。Specifically, the first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block (SynchronizationSignalBlock, SSB), and a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS). It should be noted that when the communication device is in an idle state or inactive state, the processing unit 620 may be configured with SSB signals, and when the communication device is in a connected state, the processing unit 620 may be configured with SSB signals and/or CSI-RS signals.

需要说明的是,在空闲态或非激活态时,处理单元620对SSB信号进行测量,在连接态时,处理单元620可以对SSB信号进行测量,处理单元620也可以对CSI-RS信号进行测量。It should be noted that, in the idle state or inactive state, the processing unit 620 measures the SSB signal, and in the connected state, the processing unit 620 can measure the SSB signal, and the processing unit 620 can also measure the CSI-RS signal .

具体的,该第一指示信息可以用于指示处理单元620需要对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,该第一判定为处理单元620需要判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则。Specifically, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the processing unit 620 needs to perform a first determination on the reference signal of the first reference signal type, and the first determination is that the processing unit 620 needs to determine the measurement of the reference signal of the first reference signal type Whether the relationship between the value and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该通信装置在连接态时,网络设备向收发啊单元610发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以是通过广播消息发送,也可以是通过专用信令发送,例如,无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)重配置消息,或者,媒体接入控制(MediumAccess Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)MAC CE等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。该第一指示信息用于指示处理单元620对SSB信号进行测量,或对CSI-RS信号进行测量,或对其他可能的类型的参考信号进行测量,需要说明的是,该测量用于进行第一判定。In some embodiments, when the communication device is in the connected state, the network device sends the first indication information to the transceiver unit 610, and the first indication information may be sent by a broadcast message or by a dedicated signaling, for example , a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration message, or a medium access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) MAC CE, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The first instruction information is used to instruct the processing unit 620 to measure the SSB signal, or to measure the CSI-RS signal, or to measure other possible types of reference signals. It should be noted that the measurement is used for the first determination.

在某些实施例中,该通信装置在连接态时,收发单元610收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示处理单元620使用SSB信号进行测量或上报时,收发单元610未收到该第一指示信息但处理单元620默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,或者,该通信装置在连接态时,收发单元610收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示处理单元620使用CSI-RS信号进行测量或者上报时,收发单元610未收到第一指示信息但处理单元620默认使用CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。需要说明的是,该测量配置信息中配置了其他方面的测量需求。In some embodiments, when the communication device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the transceiver unit 610 indicates that when the processing unit 620 uses SSB signals for measurement or reporting, the transceiver unit 610 does not receive the first Indicate information but the processing unit 620 uses the SSB signal to perform the measurement for the first determination by default, or, when the communication device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the transceiver unit 610 indicates that the processing unit 620 uses CSI-RS When the signal is measured or reported, the transceiver unit 610 does not receive the first indication information but the processing unit 620 uses the CSI-RS signal to perform the measurement for the first determination by default. It should be noted that other measurement requirements are configured in the measurement configuration information.

在某些实施例中,该通信装置在连接态时,默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,不需要网络设备发送第一指示信息进行第一参考信号类型的指示。In some embodiments, when the communication device is in the connected state, the SSB signal is used by default to perform the measurement for the first determination, and the network device does not need to send the first indication information to indicate the first reference signal type.

在某些实施例中,该通信装置在空闲态或者非激活态时,网络设备向收发单元610广播第一指示信息,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号。对应的,当通信装置由空闲态或者非激活态进入连接态时,可以根据空闲态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型继续进行测量。In some embodiments, when the communication device is in the idle state or the inactive state, the network device broadcasts first indication information to the transceiver unit 610. Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is an SSB signal , Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is a CSI-RS signal. Correspondingly, when the communication device enters the connected state from the idle state or the inactive state, the measurement may be continued according to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information received in the idle state.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,通信装置侧协议进行了适应性修改,使得收发单元610收到该第一指示信息即进行第一判定的测量和判定,而不需要专门的测量配置信息进行配置。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the communication device side protocol is adaptively modified, so that the transceiver unit 610 performs the measurement and determination of the first determination after receiving the first indication information, without special measurement configuration information to configure.

应理解,该第一指示信息还可以用于指示第一阈值,或者,偏置量信息,需要说明的是,若第一指示信息用于指示偏置量信息,则可能通信装置在空闲态或非激活态已经收到过一次阈值信息,终端设备在该阈值信息的基础上结合偏置量信息用于后续的判断。可选的,该第一阈值可以为通信装置进入连接态时重新配置的第一阈值,可选的,该第一阈值可以为通信装置在空闲态时的阈值。It should be understood that the first indication information may also be used to indicate the first threshold or offset information. It should be noted that if the first indication information is used to indicate the offset information, the communication device may be in an idle state or In the inactive state, the threshold information has been received once, and the terminal device combines the offset information with the threshold information for subsequent judgment. Optionally, the first threshold may be a first threshold reconfigured when the communication device enters a connected state, and optionally, the first threshold may be a threshold when the communication device is in an idle state.

在一种可能的实现方式中,当通信装置在连接态时,网络设备向收发单元610发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第一阈值,或者,该第一指示信息指示第一阈值的偏置量,该第一阈值,或该第一偏置量是SSB信号相关的第一阈值或偏置量,则处理单元620默认对SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,若该第一阈值,或该第一阈值的偏置量是CSI-RS相关的第一阈值或偏置量,则处理单元620默认对CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。在该实现方式中,可以不需要单独指示第一信号类型。In a possible implementation manner, when the communication device is in the connected state, the network device sends first indication information to the transceiver unit 610, where the first indication information indicates the first threshold, or the first indication information indicates the first threshold The offset amount, the first threshold value, or the first offset amount is the first threshold value or offset amount related to the SSB signal, then the processing unit 620 performs the measurement for the first determination on the SSB signal by default, if the first If a threshold, or the offset of the first threshold is the first threshold or offset related to CSI-RS, then the processing unit 620 performs the measurement for the first determination on the CSI-RS signal by default. In this implementation manner, it may not be necessary to separately indicate the first signal type.

该处理单元620还用于连接态时根据第一指示信息对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值。The processing unit 620 is further configured to measure the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information in the connected state, and acquire a first measurement value.

具体的,收发单元610接收第一指示信息,确定用于进行第一判定的第一参考信号类型,处理单元620对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量。Specifically, the transceiving unit 610 receives the first indication information, determines the first reference signal type used for the first determination, and the processing unit 620 measures the reference signal of the first reference signal type.

处理单元620可以对服务小区进行至少n次测量,该n大于或等于1。The processing unit 620 may perform at least n measurements on the serving cell, where n is greater than or equal to 1.

处理单元620可以对服务小区的至少m个邻区进行测量,该m大于或等于1。The processing unit 620 may perform measurements on at least m neighboring cells of the serving cell, where m is greater than or equal to 1.

该处理单元620该根据第一测量值和第一阈值确定第一判定的结果。The processing unit 620 determines the result of the first determination according to the first measured value and the first threshold.

具体的,处理单元620对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行测量,获取第一测量值,处理单元620判定该第一测量值和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,该第一准则可以包括静止准则,不在小区边缘准则。需要说明的是,该静止准则和不在小区边缘准则可以从一定程度上评估通信装置的大概位置和移动性信息。Specifically, the processing unit 620 measures a reference signal of the first reference signal type to obtain a first measurement value, and the processing unit 620 determines whether the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold satisfies a first criterion, and the first criterion may be Including stationary criterion, not at cell edge criterion. It should be noted that the stationary criterion and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion can evaluate the approximate location and mobility information of the communication device to a certain extent.

需要说明的是,第一测量值和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则需要满足的关系式可以参见方法200中终端设备的描述,在此不做赘述。It should be noted that, for the relationship between the first measurement value and the first threshold to satisfy the first criterion, reference may be made to the description of the terminal device in method 200 , and details are not repeated here.

该收发单元610还用于向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一判定的结果。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to send second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the result of the first determination.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,收发单元610向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,可选的,处理单元620可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines that the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, and the transceiver unit 610 sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and the first threshold A threshold relationship satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the processing unit 620 may perform n measurements on the serving cell, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion. The n measurements may be sorted according to the time of measurement, and may be Optionally, the terminal device may also perform measurements on m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可选的,处理单元620可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的不满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该处理单元620也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的不满足第一准则的测量结果,其中,m,n为正整数。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines that the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and the terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and the first threshold The relation of a threshold value does not meet the first criterion. Optionally, the processing unit 620 may perform n measurements on the serving cell and report the measurement results that do not satisfy the first criterion. The n measurements may be sorted according to the measurement time , optionally, the processing unit 620 may also measure m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results that do not satisfy the first criterion, where m and n are positive integers.

在某些实施例中,处理单元620判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,收发单元610向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,可选的,处理单元620可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报该n次测量结果,可选的,该处理单元620也可以对多个邻区进行测量,并上报该小区质量最好的m个邻区的测量结果是否满足第一准则,其中,m,n为正整数。In some embodiments, the processing unit 620 determines whether the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, and the transceiver unit 610 sends second indication information to the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount Whether the relationship with the first threshold satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the processing unit 620 may perform n measurements on the serving cell and report the n measurements. Optionally, the processing unit 620 may also perform n measurements on multiple The cell performs measurement and reports whether the measurement results of the m neighbor cells with the best quality of the cell satisfy the first criterion, where m and n are positive integers.

需要说明的是,该第二指示信息可以通过通信设备辅助信息消息来发送给网络设备,也可以通过MAC CE信息发送给网络设备。It should be noted that the second indication information may be sent to the network device through a communication device auxiliary information message, or may be sent to the network device through MAC CE information.

需要说明的是,收发单元610向网络设备发送第二指示信息以后,没有收到网络设备发送的第三指示信息,则收发单元610可以等待第一时间以后再次发送第二指示信息,该第一时间可以是网络设备之前向收发单元610发送的,也可以是收发单元610默认的或预配置的或协议规定的。可选的,收发单元610也可以进行L次上报以后,依然没有收到网络设备的第三指示信息后,则停止向网络设备发送第二指示信息,该L的大小可以为网络设备之前向收发单元610发送的,也可以为收发单元610默认的,收发单元610停止发送第二指示信息以后,若再次收到第一指示信息,则处理单元620再次进行测量并根据判断结果发送第二指示信息。It should be noted that after the transceiver unit 610 sends the second instruction information to the network device, but does not receive the third instruction information sent by the network device, the transceiver unit 610 may wait for the first time and then send the second instruction information again. The time may be sent by the network device to the transceiver unit 610 before, or may be defaulted or preconfigured by the transceiver unit 610 or specified by a protocol. Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 may also stop sending the second indication information to the network equipment after it still has not received the third indication information from the network equipment after reporting L times. The transmission unit 610 can also be the default one of the transceiver unit 610. After the transceiver unit 610 stops sending the second indication information, if the first indication information is received again, the processing unit 620 will perform measurement again and send the second indication information according to the judgment result. .

可选的,收发单元610上报指示信息之前,网络设备可以向处理单元620配置满足第一准则后上报的最大次数L,当处理单元620发现满足第一准则后,开始向网络设备发送第二指示信息,发送周期为网络设备配置的或处理单元620默认的配置。具体的,若在发送配置过程中收到放松指示信息,则瘦啊单元610停止发送第二指示信息,并开始测量放松。收发单元610上报的L次测量结果可以均是满足第一准则的,也可能出现不满足的情况。Optionally, before the transceiver unit 610 reports the indication information, the network device may configure the processing unit 620 with the maximum number of reports L after the first criterion is satisfied, and when the processing unit 620 finds that the first criterion is met, it starts sending the second indication to the network device The sending period of the information is configured by the network device or the default configuration of the processing unit 620 . Specifically, if the relaxation indication information is received during the sending configuration process, the thin unit 610 stops sending the second indication information, and starts to measure the relaxation. The L measurement results reported by the transceiver unit 610 may all satisfy the first criterion, or may not satisfy the first criterion.

可选的,收发单元610向网络设备发送第二指示信息以后,没有收到网络设备发送的第三指示信息,则处理单元620可以启动定时器,当定时器超时后,再次判断是否满足第一准则,若满足则再次发送第二指示信息,若不满足则不需要发送。该定时器可以是网络设备之前向收发单元610发送的,也可以是协议规定的。Optionally, after the transceiver unit 610 sends the second indication information to the network equipment, but does not receive the third indication information sent by the network equipment, the processing unit 620 may start a timer, and when the timer expires, judge again whether the first indication information is satisfied. If the criterion is satisfied, the second indication information is sent again, and if not satisfied, it does not need to be sent. The timer may be previously sent by the network device to the transceiver unit 610, or may be specified by a protocol.

该收发单元610还用于接收网络设备发送的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to receive third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state.

应理解,该测量放松的内容可以为频率测量放松、小区测量放松、周期测量放松等。换句话说,处理单元620进入测量放松状态以后,可以对周期进行测量放松,网络设备可以指示处理单元620测量的周期放松,作为示例而非限定,原测量周期为每5分钟测量一次,进入测量放松状态以后,测量周期可以为每10分钟测量一次。处理单元620进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个频率进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,处理单元620可以对该频率不进行测量。处理单元620进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个小区进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,处理单元620可以对该小区不进行测量。需要说明的是,处理单元620进入测量放松状态的内容也可以为以上三种的组合,作为示例而非限定,网络设备可以指示处理单元620对于某个小区A,测量的周期为20分钟一次,对某个小区B,测量的周期为10分钟一次,该测量放松的内容可以由网络设备的第三指示信息进行具体指示,也可以由第三指示信息指示进入测量放松状态而由处理单元620默认测量放松的内容。It should be understood that the content of the measurement relaxation may be frequency measurement relaxation, cell measurement relaxation, period measurement relaxation, and the like. In other words, after the processing unit 620 enters the measurement relaxation state, the measurement period can be relaxed, and the network device can instruct the processing unit 620 to relax the measurement period. As an example and not a limitation, the original measurement period is once every 5 minutes. After the relaxed state, the measurement cycle can be measured once every 10 minutes. After the processing unit 620 enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain frequency. As an example but not a limitation, the processing unit 620 may not perform measurement on the frequency. After the processing unit 620 enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain cell. As an example but not a limitation, the processing unit 620 may not perform measurement on the cell. It should be noted that the content of the processing unit 620 entering the measurement relaxation state may also be a combination of the above three types. As an example and not a limitation, the network device may instruct the processing unit 620 to measure a certain cell A every 20 minutes. For a certain cell B, the measurement period is once every 10 minutes. The content of the measurement relaxation can be specifically indicated by the third indication information of the network device, or can be indicated by the third indication information to enter the measurement relaxation state and be defaulted by the processing unit 620 Measure relaxation content.

可选的,处理单元620使用SSB信号进行测量或使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对两种类型的参考信号对应的相关测量都可以进行测量放松。可选的,处理单元620使用SSB信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对SSB信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。可选的,处理单元620使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对CSI-RS信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。Optionally, the processing unit 620 uses the SSB signal to perform measurement or the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, and upon receiving the third indication information, measurement relaxation can be performed on related measurements corresponding to the two types of reference signals. Optionally, the processing unit 620 uses the SSB signal to perform measurement, and performs measurement relaxation on the related measurement corresponding to the SSB signal after receiving the third indication information. Optionally, the processing unit 620 uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, and performs measurement relaxation on the related measurement corresponding to the CSI-RS signal after receiving the third indication information.

该处理单元620还用于结束测量放松状态。The processing unit 620 is also used for ending the measurement of the relaxation state.

可选的,处理单元620在测量放松状态时,发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可以向网络设备发送第四指示信息,具体的,该第四指示信息可以指示测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,该测量量可以为第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型对应的测量量,也可以为处理单元620自己随机测量的类型的参考信号的测量量,本申请对此不做限定。可选的,收发单元610发送第四指示信息可以自己决定结束测量放松状态,也可以等待网络设备的第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示处理单元620结束测量放松状态。Optionally, when the processing unit 620 measures the relaxation state, it finds that the relationship between the measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and may send fourth indication information to the network device. Specifically, the fourth indication information may indicate that the measurement amount The relationship with the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and the measurement quantity may be a measurement quantity corresponding to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information, or may be a measurement quantity of a reference signal of a type randomly measured by the processing unit 620 itself , which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 may decide to end the measurement relaxation state by sending the fourth indication information, or may wait for fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the processing unit 620 to end the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,上述步骤中,网络设备发送的第三指示信息中可以包括定时器的配置,该定时器的配置也可以为处理单元620默认的,收发单元610收到第三指示信息以后,进入测量放松状态的同时启动该定时器,当定时器达到第一时长以后,处理单元620结束测量放松状态。需要说明的是,若在第一时长内,处理单元620发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可以向网络设备发送第四指示信息,自行决定结束测量放松状态或等待网络设备的第五指示信息结束测量放松状态。Optionally, in the above steps, the third indication information sent by the network device may include timer configuration, and the timer configuration may also be the default configuration of the processing unit 620. After receiving the third indication information, the transceiver unit 610 enters The timer is started while measuring the relaxation state, and when the timer reaches the first duration, the processing unit 620 ends the measurement of the relaxation state. It should be noted that, if within the first duration, the processing unit 620 finds that the relationship between the measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, it may send fourth indication information to the network device, and decide to end the measurement relaxation state or wait for the network device to The fifth instruction message ends measuring the relaxation state.

可选的,上述步骤中,网络设备发送的第三指示信息中可以包括定时器配置,该定时器的配置也可以为处理单元620默认的。收发单元610收到第三指示信息以后,进入测量放松状态的同时启动该定时器,在该定时器达到第一时长之前,处理单元620发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,也不向网络设备发送第四指示信息,当该定时器达到第一时长,收发单元610向网络设备发送第四指示信息,自行决定结束测量放松状态或等待网络设备的第五指示信息结束测量放松状态。Optionally, in the above steps, the third indication information sent by the network device may include a timer configuration, and the timer configuration may also be a default configuration of the processing unit 620 . After receiving the third indication information, the transceiver unit 610 starts the timer while entering the measurement relaxation state, and before the timer reaches the first duration, the processing unit 620 finds that the relationship between the measurement quantity and the first threshold value does not satisfy the first criterion, The fourth indication information is not sent to the network equipment, and when the timer reaches the first duration, the transceiver unit 610 sends the fourth indication information to the network equipment, decides to end the measurement relaxation state or waits for the fifth indication information of the network equipment to end the measurement relaxation state.

需要说明的是,在网络设备侧,在处理单元620测量放松状态期间,网络设备收到第四指示信息,或者,网络设备判断负载均衡时,或者,根据收发单元610上报的测量结果,判定网络设备不需要进行测量放松时,可以向收发单元发送第五指示信息,指示处理单元620结束测量放松状态。该第五指示信息可以为专用的RRC消息,也可以为MAC CE消息等。It should be noted that, on the network device side, during the period when the processing unit 620 measures the relaxed state, the network device receives the fourth indication information, or when the network device judges load balancing, or, according to the measurement result reported by the transceiver unit 610, it determines that the network When the device does not need to perform measurement relaxation, it may send fifth indication information to the transceiver unit, instructing the processing unit 620 to end the measurement relaxation state. The fifth indication information may be a dedicated RRC message, or may be a MAC CE message or the like.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例300中的网络设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中网络设备的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法300中的网络设备对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the network device in the method embodiment 300 above, or a chip for realizing the functions of the network device in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the network device in the method 300 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一参考信号类型。The transceiving unit 610 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first reference signal type.

处理单元620,用于根据第二指示信息确定终端设备可以进入测量放松状态。The processing unit 620 is configured to determine, according to the second indication information, that the terminal device can enter the measurement relaxed state.

具体的,该第一参考信号类型可以包括同步信号块(Synchronization SignalBlock,SSB),信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)。需要说明的是,当终端设备处于空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号,当终端设备处于连接态时,终端设备可以被配置SSB信号和CSI-RS信号。Specifically, the first reference signal type may include a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) and a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS). It should be noted that when the terminal device is in the idle state or inactive state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals, and when the terminal device is in the connected state, the terminal device may be configured with SSB signals and CSI-RS signals.

需要说明的是,在空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备对SSB信号进行测量,在连接态时,终端设备可以对SSB信号进行测量,终端设备也可以对CSI-RS信号进行测量。It should be noted that, in the idle state or the inactive state, the terminal device measures the SSB signal, and in the connected state, the terminal device can measure the SSB signal, and the terminal device can also measure the CSI-RS signal.

具体的,该第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备需要对第一参考信号类型的参考信号进行第一判定,该第一判定为终端设备需要判定第一参考信号类型的参考信号的测量值和第一阈值之间的关系是否满足第一准则。Specifically, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device needs to perform a first determination on the reference signal of the first reference signal type, and the first determination is that the terminal device needs to determine the measured value and Whether the relationship between the first thresholds satisfies the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在连接态时,收发单元610向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以是通过广播消息发送,也可以是通过专用信令发送,例如,无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)重配置消息,或者,媒体接入控制(MediumAccess Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)MAC CE等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备对SSB信号进行测量,或对CSI-RS信号进行测量,或对其他可能的类型的参考信号进行测量,需要说明的是,该测量用于进行第一判定。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the transceiver unit 610 sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may be sent through a broadcast message or through dedicated signaling, for example, A radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration message, or a medium access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) MAC CE, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the SSB signal, or measure the CSI-RS signal, or measure other possible types of reference signals. It should be noted that the measurement is used for the first determination .

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或上报时,终端设备未收到该第一指示信息但默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,或者,该终端设备在连接态时,终端设备收到的测量配置信息中全部都是指示终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量或者上报时,终端设备未收到第一指示信息但默认使用CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。需要说明的是,该测量配置信息中配置了其他方面的测量需求。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement or report, but the terminal device does not receive the first indication information but By default, the SSB signal is used for the measurement for the first determination, or, when the terminal device is in the connected state, all the measurement configuration information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal for measurement or reporting. The device does not receive the first indication information but uses the CSI-RS signal by default to perform measurement for the first determination. It should be noted that other measurement requirements are configured in the measurement configuration information.

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在连接态时,默认使用SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,不需要网络设备发送第一指示信息进行第一参考信号类型的指示。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the SSB signal is used by default to perform the measurement for the first determination, and the network device does not need to send the first indication information to indicate the first reference signal type.

在某些实施例中,该终端设备在空闲态或者非激活态时,收发单元610向终端设备广播第一指示信息,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为SSB信号,可选的,该第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS信号。对应的,当终端设备由空闲态或者非激活态进入连接态时,可以根据空闲态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型继续进行测量。In some embodiments, when the terminal device is in an idle state or an inactive state, the transceiver unit 610 broadcasts first indication information to the terminal device. Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is an SSB signal , Optionally, the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information is a CSI-RS signal. Correspondingly, when the terminal device enters the connected state from the idle state or the inactive state, the measurement may be continued according to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information received in the idle state.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,终端设备侧协议进行了适应性修改,使得终端设备收到该第一指示信息即进行第一判定的测量和判定,而不需要专门的测量配置信息进行配置。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device side protocol is adaptively modified, so that the terminal device performs the measurement and determination of the first determination after receiving the first indication information, without special measurement configuration information to configure.

应理解,该第一指示信息还可以用于指示第一阈值,或者,偏置量信息,需要说明的是,若第一指示信息用于指示偏置量信息,则可能终端设备在空闲态或非激活态已经收到过一次阈值信息,终端设备在该阈值信息的基础上结合偏置量信息用于后续的判断。可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备进入连接态时重新配置的第一阈值,可选的,该第一阈值可以为终端设备在空闲态时的阈值。It should be understood that the first indication information may also be used to indicate the first threshold or offset information. It should be noted that if the first indication information is used to indicate the offset information, the terminal device may be in the idle state or In the inactive state, the threshold information has been received once, and the terminal device combines the offset information with the threshold information for subsequent judgment. Optionally, the first threshold may be a first threshold reconfigured when the terminal device enters the connected state. Optionally, the first threshold may be a threshold when the terminal device is in the idle state.

在一种可能的实现方式中,当终端设备在连接态时,收发单元610向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第一阈值,或者,该第一指示信息指示第一阈值的偏置量,该第一阈值,或该第一偏置量是SSB信号相关的第一阈值或偏置量,则终端设备默认对SSB信号进行用于第一判定的测量,若该第一阈值,或该第一阈值的偏置量是CSI-RS相关的第一阈值或偏置量,则终端设备默认对CSI-RS信号进行用于第一判定的测量。在该实现方式中,可以不需要单独指示第一信号类型。In a possible implementation manner, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the transceiver unit 610 sends the first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates the first threshold, or the first indication information indicates the first threshold The offset amount, the first threshold value, or the first offset amount is the first threshold value or offset amount related to the SSB signal, then the terminal device performs the measurement for the first determination on the SSB signal by default, if the first If the threshold, or the offset of the first threshold is the first threshold or offset related to the CSI-RS, the terminal device performs measurement on the CSI-RS signal for the first determination by default. In this implementation manner, it may not be necessary to separately indicate the first signal type.

该收发单元610还用于接收终端设备发送的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一判定的结果。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the result of the first determination.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,终端设备向收发单元610发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines that the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, and the terminal device sends second indication information to the transceiver unit 610, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and the first threshold A threshold relationship satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device can perform n measurements on the serving cell and report the measurement results that meet the first criterion. The n measurements can be sorted according to the measurement time. Optional Yes, the terminal device may also perform measurements on the m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results satisfying the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,终端设备向收发单元610发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报其中的不满足第一准则的测量结果,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报其中的不满足第一准则的测量结果。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines that the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and the terminal device sends second indication information to the transceiver unit 610, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and the first threshold. The relationship of the first threshold does not meet the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device can perform n measurements on the serving cell and report the measurement results that do not meet the first criterion. The n measurements can be sorted according to the measurement time , optionally, the terminal device may also perform measurements on m neighboring cells, and report the measurement results that do not satisfy the first criterion.

在某些实施例中,终端设备判定第一测量量和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,终端设备向收发单元610发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一测量量和第一阈值的关系是否满足第一准则,可选的,终端设备可以对服务小区进行n次测量,并上报该n次测量结果中的每一次是否满足第一准则,该n次测量可以按照测量的时间进行排序,可选的,该终端设备也可以对m个邻区进行测量,并上报该m个邻区的测量结果是否满足第一准则。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether the relationship between the first measurement amount and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion, and the terminal device sends second indication information to the transceiver unit 610, the second indication information is used to indicate the first measurement amount and Whether the relationship of the first threshold satisfies the first criterion. Optionally, the terminal device may perform n measurements on the serving cell, and report whether each of the n measurement results meets the first criterion. The n measurements may be based on the measurement Optionally, the terminal device may also measure m neighboring cells, and report whether the measurement results of the m neighboring cells satisfy the first criterion.

需要说明的是,该第二指示信息可以通过终端设备辅助信息消息来发送给收发单元610,也可以通过MAC CE信息发送给收发单元610。It should be noted that the second indication information may be sent to the transceiving unit 610 through a terminal device auxiliary information message, or may be sent to the transceiving unit 610 through MAC CE information.

需要说明的是,终端设备向收发单元610发送第二指示信息以后,没有收到收发单元610发送的第三指示信息,则终端设备可以等待第一时间以后再次发送第二指示信息,该第一时间可以是收发单元610之前向终端设备发送的,也可以是终端设备默认的。可选的,终端设备也可以进行L次上报以后,依然没有收到收发单元610的第三指示信息后,则停止向收发单元610发送第二指示信息,该L的大小可以为网络设备之前向终端设备发送的,也可以为终端设备默认的,终端设备停止发送第二指示信息以后,若再次收到第一指示信息,则终端设备再次进行测量并根据判断结果发送第二指示信息。It should be noted that, after the terminal device sends the second indication information to the transceiver unit 610, but does not receive the third indication information sent by the transceiver unit 610, the terminal device may wait for the first time and then send the second indication information again. The time may be sent to the terminal device by the transceiver unit 610 before, or may be a default value of the terminal device. Optionally, the terminal device may also stop sending the second indication information to the transceiver unit 610 after it still does not receive the third indication information from the transceiver unit 610 after reporting L times, and the size of L may be equal to The one sent by the terminal device may also be the default one of the terminal device. After the terminal device stops sending the second indication information, if it receives the first indication information again, the terminal device performs measurement again and sends the second indication information according to the judgment result.

该收发单元610还用于向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state.

需要说明的是,该步骤为可选的,若处理单元620根据第二指示信息判定终端设备不能进入测量放松状态,则收发单元610可以不向终端设备发送第三指示信息。It should be noted that this step is optional. If the processing unit 620 determines that the terminal device cannot enter the measurement relaxation state according to the second indication information, the transceiving unit 610 may not send the third indication information to the terminal device.

具体的,收发单元610接收第二指示信息,可选的,处理单元620根据第二指示信息中对服务小区的测量结果对终端设备的大概位置以及移动性信息进行评估,可选的,处理单元620根据第二指示信息中对邻区的测量结果,判断终端设备是否可能会发生切换。Specifically, the transceiver unit 610 receives the second indication information. Optionally, the processing unit 620 evaluates the approximate location and mobility information of the terminal device according to the measurement results of the serving cell in the second indication information. Optionally, the processing unit 620, according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell in the second indication information, judge whether handover may occur in the terminal device.

具体的,处理单元620根据第二指示信息确定终端设备可以进行测量放松时,向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。该第三指示信息可以为RRC消息,例如,RRC重配置消息,也可以为MAC CE消息等。Specifically, when the processing unit 620 determines that the terminal device can perform measurement relaxation according to the second indication information, it sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state. The third indication information may be an RRC message, for example, an RRC reconfiguration message, or may be a MAC CE message or the like.

应理解,该测量放松的内容可以为频率测量放松、小区测量放松、周期测量放松等。换句话说,终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对周期进行测量放松,处理单元620可以指示终端设备测量的周期放松,作为示例而非限定,原测量周期为每5分钟测量一次,进入测量放松状态以后,测量周期可以为每10分钟测量一次。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个频率进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该频率不进行测量。终端设备进入测量放松状态以后,可以对某个小区进行测量放松,作为示例而非限定,终端设备可以对该小区不进行测量。需要说明的是,终端设备进入测量放松状态的内容也可以为以上三种的组合,作为示例而非限定,处理单元620可以指示终端设备对于某个小区A,测量的周期为20分钟一次,对某个小区B,测量的周期为10分钟一次,该测量放松的内容可以由网络设备的第三指示信息进行具体指示,也可以由第三指示信息指示进入测量放松状态而由终端设备侧默认测量放松的内容。It should be understood that the content of the measurement relaxation may be frequency measurement relaxation, cell measurement relaxation, period measurement relaxation, and the like. In other words, after the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, the measurement period can be relaxed, and the processing unit 620 can instruct the terminal device to relax the measurement period. As an example and not a limitation, the original measurement period is once every 5 minutes. After the state, the measurement cycle can be measured every 10 minutes. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain frequency. As an example and not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the frequency. After the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state, it may perform measurement relaxation on a certain cell. As an example but not a limitation, the terminal device may not perform measurement on the cell. It should be noted that the content that the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state may also be a combination of the above three types. As an example and not a limitation, the processing unit 620 may instruct the terminal device to measure a certain cell A once every 20 minutes. For a certain cell B, the measurement period is once every 10 minutes. The content of the measurement relaxation can be specifically indicated by the third indication information of the network device, or the third indication information can indicate that the measurement relaxation state is entered and the terminal equipment side measures by default. Relaxing content.

可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量或使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对两种类型的参考信号对应的相关测量都可以进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用SSB信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对SSB信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。可选的,终端设备使用CSI-RS信号进行测量,收到第三指示信息,对CSI-RS信号对应的相关测量进行测量放松。Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement or the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, and after receiving the third indication information, measurement relaxation can be performed on related measurements corresponding to the two types of reference signals. Optionally, the terminal device uses the SSB signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the SSB signal. Optionally, the terminal device uses the CSI-RS signal to perform measurement, receives the third indication information, and performs measurement relaxation on related measurement corresponding to the CSI-RS signal.

可选的,终端设备在测量放松状态时,发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可以向收发单元610发送第四指示信息,具体的,该第四指示信息可以指示测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,该测量量可以为第一指示信息指示的第一参考信号类型对应的测量量,也可以为终端设备自己随机测量的类型的参考信号的测量量,本申请对此不做限定。可选的,终端设备发送第四指示信息可以自己决定结束测量放松状态,也可以等待收发单元610的第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示终端设备结束测量放松状态。Optionally, when the terminal device finds that the relationship between the measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion when measuring the relaxed state, it may send fourth indication information to the transceiver unit 610. Specifically, the fourth indication information may indicate the measurement amount The relationship with the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and the measurement amount may be a measurement amount corresponding to the first reference signal type indicated by the first indication information, or may be a measurement amount of a reference signal of a type randomly measured by the terminal device itself, This application does not limit this. Optionally, the terminal device may decide to end the measurement relaxation state by itself when sending the fourth indication information, or may wait for fifth indication information from the transceiver unit 610, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to end the measurement relaxation state.

可选的,在上述步骤中,收发单元610发送的第三指示信息中可以包括定时器的配置,该定时器的配置也可以为终端默认的,终端设备收到第三指示信息以后,进入测量放松状态的同时启动该定时器,当定时器达到第一时长以后,终端设备结束测量放松状态。需要说明的是,若在第一时长内,终端设备发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,可以向收发单元610发送第四指示信息,自行决定结束测量放松状态或等待网络设备的第五指示信息结束测量放松状态。Optionally, in the above steps, the third indication information sent by the transceiver unit 610 may include a timer configuration, and the timer configuration may also be the default configuration of the terminal. After receiving the third indication information, the terminal device enters the measurement The timer is started while in the relaxed state, and when the timer reaches the first duration, the terminal device ends the measurement in the relaxed state. It should be noted that, if within the first duration, the terminal device finds that the relationship between the measurement amount and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, it may send the fourth indication information to the transceiver unit 610, and decide to end the measurement relaxation state or wait for the network device to The fifth instruction message ends measuring the relaxation state.

可选的,在上述步骤中,收发单元610发送的第三指示信息中可以包括定时器配置,该定时器的配置也可以为终端默认的。终端设备收到第三指示信息以后,进入测量放松状态的同时启动该定时器,在该定时器达到第一时长之前,终端设备发现测量量和第一阈值的关系不满足第一准则,也不向收发单元610发送第四指示信息,当该定时器达到第一时长,终端设备向收发单元610发送第四指示信息,自行决定结束测量放松状态或等待收发单元610的第五指示信息结束测量放松状态。Optionally, in the above steps, the third indication information sent by the transceiving unit 610 may include a timer configuration, and the timer configuration may also be a terminal default. After the terminal device receives the third indication information, it enters the measurement relaxation state and starts the timer at the same time. Before the timer reaches the first duration, the terminal device finds that the relationship between the measurement quantity and the first threshold does not satisfy the first criterion, and does not Send the fourth instruction information to the transceiver unit 610, when the timer reaches the first duration, the terminal device sends the fourth instruction information to the transceiver unit 610, and decides to end the measurement relaxation state or wait for the fifth instruction information from the transceiver unit 610 to end the measurement relaxation state.

需要说明的是,在通信装置侧,在终端设备测量放松状态期间,收发单元610收到第四指示信息,或者,处理单元620判断负载均衡时,或者,根据终端设备上报的测量结果,判定终端设备不需要进行测量放松时,可以向终端设备发送第五指示信息,指示终端设备结束测量放松状态。该第五指示信息可以为专用的RRC消息,也可以为MAC CE消息等。It should be noted that, on the communication device side, during the measurement relaxation state of the terminal equipment, the transceiver unit 610 receives the fourth indication information, or when the processing unit 620 judges load balancing, or, according to the measurement results reported by the terminal equipment, it determines that the terminal When the device does not need to perform measurement relaxation, it may send fifth indication information to the terminal device, instructing the terminal device to end the measurement relaxation state. The fifth indication information may be a dedicated RRC message, or may be a MAC CE message or the like.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例400中的终端设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中终端设备的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法400中的终端设备对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment 400 above, or a chip for realizing the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the terminal device in the method 400 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于接收网络设备发送的测量配置信息。The transceiver unit 610 is configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the network device.

处理单元620,用于根据测量配置信息进行测量A processing unit 620, configured to perform measurement according to measurement configuration information

具体的,该测量配置信息中测量对象列表,上报配置列表等。其中,每个测量对象都对应一个测量标识,每个上报配置都对应一个测量上报标识,每个测量标识关联一个测量对象标识和一个测量上报标识。处理单元620可以根据收到的测量标识,确定对应的测量对象和上报配置。Specifically, the measurement object list, the report configuration list, etc. in the measurement configuration information. Wherein, each measurement object corresponds to a measurement identifier, each reporting configuration corresponds to a measurement reporting identifier, and each measurement identifier is associated with a measurement object identifier and a measurement reporting identifier. The processing unit 620 may determine the corresponding measurement object and reporting configuration according to the received measurement identifier.

应理解,在测量对象列表中的每个测量对象中,配置了频率信息,小区信息,参考信号信息等中的至少一项。It should be understood that at least one item of frequency information, cell information, reference signal information, etc. is configured in each measurement object in the measurement object list.

在本申请实施例中,在上报配置列表中,定义了新的事件,该事件所指示的内容可以与方法300中第一指示信息指示的内容类似,该事件可以为:第一准则判断事件,具体包括:静止准则判断事件、不在小区边缘判断事件等。该配置可以为进入第一准则事件则上报,也可以为离开第一准则事件则上报,也可以定义为进入或离开第一准则事件都进行上报。可以定义静止准则事件对应的为第一事件,可以定义不在小区边缘准则事件对应为第二事件。网络设备在该事件配置中,指示处理单元620基于事件触发上报,或者周期性上报,也就是说,例如,当配置基于事件触发上报时,处理单元620进入第一事件或第二事件,则向网络设备上报,或,处理单元620离开第一事件或第二事件,则向网络设备上报,或处理单元620进入或离开第一事件或第二事件都上报。当配置周期性上报时,例如,收发单元610周期性的向网络设备上报进入第一事件或离开第一事件,或者,收发单元610周期性的向网络设备上报进入第二事件或离开第二事件。In the embodiment of the present application, a new event is defined in the reporting configuration list, and the content indicated by the event may be similar to the content indicated by the first indication information in method 300. The event may be: the first criterion judgment event, Specifically, it includes: an event judged by a stationary criterion, an event judged not at the edge of a cell, and the like. This configuration can be defined as reporting when entering the first criterion event, or reporting when leaving the first criterion event, or can be defined as reporting both entering and leaving the first criterion event. It may be defined that the stationary criterion event corresponds to the first event, and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion event may be defined as the second event. In the event configuration, the network device instructs the processing unit 620 to trigger the report based on the event, or report periodically, that is, for example, when the configuration triggers the report based on the event, the processing unit 620 enters the first event or the second event, and sends The network device reports, or, the processing unit 620 reports to the network device when leaving the first event or the second event, or the processing unit 620 reports both entering or leaving the first event or the second event. When periodic reporting is configured, for example, the transceiver unit 610 periodically reports entering the first event or leaving the first event to the network device, or, the transceiver unit 610 periodically reports entering the second event or leaving the second event to the network device .

该配置信息为进入第一事件则上报时,处理单元620判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported when entering the first event, the processing unit 620 judges that the following formula is satisfied and reports:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received when the idle state or the inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state.

该配置信息为离开第一事件则上报时,处理单元620判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is to be reported when leaving the first event, the processing unit 620 judges that the following formula is satisfied and then reports:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received in the idle state or inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state.

该配置信息为进入第二事件则上报时,处理单元620判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported when entering the second event, the processing unit 620 judges that it satisfies the following formula and reports it:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

Srxlev>SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev>S searchThresholdP and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。Squal>S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold, S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual>S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal>S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are the thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

该配置信息为离开第二事件则上报时,处理单元620判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is to be reported when leaving the second event, the processing unit 620 judges that the following formula is satisfied and then reports:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

Srxlev<SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev<S searchThresholdP and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。Squal<S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold, S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

Srxlev<SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev<S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual<S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev<SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev<S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal<S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are the thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

需要说明的是,在该事件的配置中,可以包括第一参考信息类型的配置,用于指示使用哪种参考信号,该第一参考信号类型包括:SSB,CSI-RS,关于该第一参考信号类型的描述具体可参见方法300。也可以为默认,从该配置信息的事件定义中默认该第一参考信号的类型。It should be noted that, in the configuration of this event, the configuration of the first reference information type may be included, which is used to indicate which reference signal is used. The first reference signal type includes: SSB, CSI-RS, and the first reference information type For the description of the signal type, refer to the method 300 for details. It can also be default, and the type of the first reference signal is defaulted from the event definition of the configuration information.

需要说明的是,在该事件的配置中,可以指示上报邻区的测量结果,也可以指示上报服务小区的测量结果,具体可参见方法300。It should be noted that in the configuration of this event, it may be instructed to report the measurement result of the neighboring cell, or may be instructed to report the measurement result of the serving cell. For details, refer to the method 300 .

需要说明的是,在网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置信息之前,终端设备可以在于网络设备建立RRC连接之后,向网络设备指示终端设备的能力信息,该能力信息可以包括窄带终端能力,和/或,支持连接态测量放松的能力等,本申请对此不做特别限定。网络设备网络设备网络设备网络设备网络设备网络设备网络设备处理单元620根据测量配置信息中的第一参考信号类型对邻区或者服务小区的参考信号进行测量。It should be noted that, before the network device sends the measurement configuration information to the terminal device, the terminal device may indicate the capability information of the terminal device to the network device after the network device establishes the RRC connection, and the capability information may include narrowband terminal capability, and/or , the ability to support connection state measurement relaxation, etc., which are not particularly limited in this application. The network device network device network device network device network device network device processing unit 620 measures the reference signal of the neighboring cell or the serving cell according to the first reference signal type in the measurement configuration information.

该收发单元610还用于进行测量上报。The transceiver unit 610 is also used for performing measurement reporting.

具体的,处理单元620根据测量结果判断是否满足第一准则时间,根据测量配置信息中的配置向网络设备进行测量上报。Specifically, the processing unit 620 judges whether the first criterion time is met according to the measurement result, and reports the measurement to the network device according to the configuration in the measurement configuration information.

该收发单元610还用于接收网络设备发送的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示处理单元620进入测量放松状态。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to receive third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the processing unit 620 to enter the measurement relaxation state.

具体的,若网络设备根据该收发单元610发送的测量上报消息,判断该处理单元620满足进入第一或者第二时间,则向收发单元610发送第三指示信息。该指示信息可以包括在重新发送的测量配置信息中,可选的,其体现形式可以为在测量配置信息中包含待测量的频率信息或小区列表信息,上述信息与收发单元610之前收到的测量配置信息相比,待测量的频率和小区数目更少,使得处理单元620可以测量更少的频率,或,更少的小区数目等,即相当于进入测量放松状态。可选的,其体现形式可以为在测量配置信息中,在带测量的频点信息或小区信息中,添加指示字段,用于指示处理单元620对该频率或者该小区是否进行测量放松。可选的,其体现形式可以为测量配置信息中,具体指示处理单元620测量放松的内容,该内容可以参见方法300中对应的装置的相关描述。第三指示信息可以横在在RRC重配消息中。Specifically, if the network device judges that the processing unit 620 satisfies entering the first or second time according to the measurement report message sent by the transceiver unit 610 , it sends third indication information to the transceiver unit 610 . The indication information may be included in the re-sent measurement configuration information. Optionally, it may be embodied in the measurement configuration information including frequency information or cell list information to be measured. Compared with configuration information, there are fewer frequencies and cells to be measured, so that the processing unit 620 can measure fewer frequencies, or a smaller number of cells, etc., which is equivalent to entering a measurement relaxation state. Optionally, it may be expressed in the form of adding an indication field in the measurement configuration information, in the frequency point information with measurement or in the cell information, to instruct the processing unit 620 whether to perform measurement relaxation on the frequency or the cell. Optionally, the embodiment may be in the measurement configuration information, specifically instructing the processing unit 620 to measure the relaxation content, and for the content, please refer to the relevant description of the corresponding device in the method 300 . The third indication information may be included in the RRC reconfiguration message.

可选的,该指示信息也可以以一条单独的信息发送,指示处理单元620具体的测量放松的内容,具体描述可以参见方法300中对应的装置的相关描述Optionally, the instruction information may also be sent as a separate message, instructing the processing unit 620 to specifically measure relaxation content. For a specific description, please refer to the relevant description of the corresponding device in the method 300.

该处理单元620还用于确定结束测量放松状态。The processing unit 620 is also used for determining to end the measurement of the relaxation state.

在本申请实施例中,处理单元620测量放松状态测量后发现满足离开第一事件或离开第二事件,可以向网络设备上报离开第一事件或第二事件,也可以单独向网络设备发送指示信息,指示离开第一事件或第二事件。处理单元620可以自行决定停止放松并向网络设备发送测量上报消息,用于通知网络设备该处理单元620离开第一或第二事件。In the embodiment of the present application, after the processing unit 620 measures the relaxed state and finds that the leaving first event or the second leaving event is satisfied, it may report the first leaving event or the second leaving event to the network device, and may also send indication information to the network device separately , indicating to leave the first event or the second event. The processing unit 620 may decide to stop the relaxation and send a measurement report message to the network device to notify the network device that the processing unit 620 leaves the first or second event.

可选的,也可以收到网络设备发送的停止测量放松后,在停止进行测量放松。网络设备发送的停止测量放松指示可以包含在RRC重配置,也可以是在MAC CE中。可以针对某一小区或者频率或者某一测量对象等进行指示。Optionally, after receiving the stop measurement relaxation sent by the network device, the measurement relaxation may be stopped. The stop measurement relaxation indication sent by the network device may be included in the RRC reconfiguration, or in the MAC CE. The indication can be made for a certain cell or frequency or a certain measurement object.

可参见方法300对应的相关装置的描述。Reference may be made to the description of related devices corresponding to the method 300 .

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例400中的网络设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中网络设备的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法400中的网络设备对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the network device in the method embodiment 400 above, or a chip configured to implement the functions of the network device in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communications apparatus 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the network device in the method 400 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于向终端设备发送测量配置信息。The transceiver unit 610 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the terminal device.

处理单元620,用于确定终端设备进入测量放松状态。The processing unit 620 is configured to determine that the terminal device enters the measurement relaxation state.

具体的,该测量配置信息中测量对象列表,上报配置列表等。其中,每个测量对象都对应一个测量标识,每个上报配置都对应一个测量上报标识,每个测量标识关联一个测量对象标识和一个测量上报标识。终端设备可以根据收到的测量标识,确定对应的测量对象和上报配置。Specifically, the measurement object list, the report configuration list, etc. in the measurement configuration information. Wherein, each measurement object corresponds to a measurement identifier, each reporting configuration corresponds to a measurement reporting identifier, and each measurement identifier is associated with a measurement object identifier and a measurement reporting identifier. The terminal device can determine the corresponding measurement object and report configuration according to the received measurement identifier.

应理解,在测量对象列表中的每个测量对象中,配置了频率信息,小区信息,参考信号信息等中的至少一项。It should be understood that at least one item of frequency information, cell information, reference signal information, etc. is configured in each measurement object in the measurement object list.

在本申请实施例中,在上报配置列表中,定义了新的事件,该事件所指示的内容可以与方法300中第一指示信息指示的内容类似,该事件可以为:第一准则判断事件,具体包括:静止准则判断事件(第一事件)、不在小区边缘判断事件(第二事件)等。该配置可以为进入第一准则事件则上报,也可以为离开第一准则事件则上报,也可以定义为进入或离开第一准则事件都进行上报。可以定义静止准则事件对应的为第一事件,可以定义不在小区边缘准则事件对应为第二事件。处理单元620在该事件配置中,指示终端设备基于事件触发上报,或者周期性上报,也就是说,例如,当配置基于事件触发上报时,终端设备判断满足进入静止第一准则的事件或第二事件发生,则向网络设备上报,或,终端设备离开判断不满足静止第一准则的事件或第二事件发生,则向收发单元610上报,或终端设备进入或离开第一事件或第二事件都上报。当配置周期性上报时,例如,终端设备周期性的向收发单元610上报是否发生静止准则事件进入第一事件或离开第一事件,或者,终端设备周期性的向收发单元上报进入第二事件或离开第二事件。第一事件和第二事件都包含进入条件和离开条件,具体如上述实施例。In the embodiment of the present application, a new event is defined in the report configuration list, and the content indicated by the event may be similar to the content indicated by the first indication information in method 300. The event may be: the first criterion judgment event, Specifically, it includes: a stationary criterion judgment event (the first event), a not-at-the-cell-edge judgment event (the second event), and the like. This configuration can be defined as reporting when entering the first criterion event, or reporting when leaving the first criterion event, or can be defined as reporting both entering and leaving the first criterion event. It may be defined that the stationary criterion event corresponds to the first event, and the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion event may be defined as the second event. In the event configuration, the processing unit 620 instructs the terminal device to trigger the report based on the event, or to report periodically, that is, for example, when the configuration triggers the report based on the event, the terminal device judges that the event or the second When an event occurs, it will report to the network device, or if the terminal device leaves the event that does not meet the static first criterion or the second event occurs, it will report to the transceiver unit 610, or the terminal device will enter or leave the first event or the second event. report. When periodic reporting is configured, for example, the terminal device periodically reports to the transceiver unit 610 whether the static criterion event enters the first event or leaves the first event, or the terminal device periodically reports to the transceiver unit whether it enters the second event or Leave the second event. Both the first event and the second event include an entry condition and an exit condition, specifically as in the above embodiment.

该配置信息为进入第一事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported when entering the first event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and then reports:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)<SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)<S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received when the idle state or the inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state.

该配置信息为离开第一事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported as leaving the first event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and reports it:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaP,其中,SSearchDeltaP是与SSB信号相对应的第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)质量,即第一测量值,SrxlevRef为当前服务小区的参考RSRP质量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaP , wherein, S SearchDeltaP is the first threshold value corresponding to the SSB signal, and Srxlev is the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) quality of the current serving cell, that is, the first measured value , Srxlev Ref is the reference RSRP quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaPCSI,或者,(Srxlev Ref –Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaPCSI , or,

(SrxlevRef–Srxlev)>SSearchDeltaP+offsetCSI,其中,SSearchDeltaPCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值,SSearchDeltaP为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量。(Srxlev Ref -Srxlev)>S SearchDeltaP +offset CSI , wherein, S SearchDeltaPCSI is the first threshold indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state, and S SearchDeltaP is the threshold received in the idle state or inactive state, In some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold of the SSB signal, and the offset CSI is the offset received in the connected state.

该配置信息为进入第二事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported when entering the second event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and reports it:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

Srxlev>SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev>S searchThresholdP and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。Squal>S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold, S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual>S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev>SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev>S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal>SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal>S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, this threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

该配置信息为离开第二事件则上报时,终端设备判断满足以下公式则上报:When the configuration information is reported as leaving the second event, the terminal device judges that it satisfies the following formula and reports:

当第一参考信号类型为SSB,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为SSB:When the first reference signal type is SSB, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to SSB:

Srxlev<SsearchThresholdP且,Srxlev<S searchThresholdP and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQ,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQ。其中,SsearchThresholdP为第一阈值,SSearchThresholdQ也为第一阈值,Srxlev为当前服务小区的RSRP质量,Squal为当前服务小区的参考RSRQ质量。Squal<S SearchThresholdQ , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured. Wherein, S searchThresholdP is the first threshold, S SearchThresholdQ is also the first threshold, Srxlev is the RSRP quality of the current serving cell, and Squal is the reference RSRQ quality of the current serving cell.

当第一参考信号类型为CSI-RS,或,根据该事件给出的公式默认为CSI-RS:When the first reference signal type is CSI-RS, or, according to the formula given by this event, it defaults to CSI-RS:

Srxlev<SSearchThresholdP+offsetCSI,且,Srxlev<S SearchThresholdP +offset CSI , and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQ+offsetCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQSqual<S SearchThresholdQ +offset CSI , if S SearchThresholdQ is configured,

或者,or,

Srxlev<SSearchThresholdPCSI,且,Srxlev<S SearchThresholdPCSI , and,

Squal<SSearchThresholdQCSI,如果配置了SSearchThresholdQCSI。其中,SSearchThresholdP和SSearchThresholdQ为空闲态或非激活态时收到的阈值,在某些实施例中,该阈值为SSB信号的阈值,offsetCSI为在连接态时收到的偏置量,SSearchDeltaPCSI、SSearchThresholdQCSI为在连接态时收到的第一指示信息指示的第一阈值。Squal<S SearchThresholdQCSI , if S SearchThresholdQCSI is configured. Wherein, S SearchThresholdP and S SearchThresholdQ are the thresholds received when idle state or inactive state, in some embodiments, the threshold is the threshold value of SSB signal, offset CSI is the offset amount received when connected state, S SearchDeltaPCSI and S SearchThresholdQCSI are the first thresholds indicated by the first indication information received in the connected state.

需要说明的是,在该事件的配置中,可以包括第一参考信息类型的配置,用于指示使用哪种参考信号,该第一参考信号类型包括:SSB,CSI-RS,关于该第一参考信号类型的描述具体可参见方法300。也可以为默认,从该配置信息的事件定义中默认该第一参考信号的类型。It should be noted that, in the configuration of this event, the configuration of the first reference information type may be included, which is used to indicate which reference signal is used. The first reference signal type includes: SSB, CSI-RS, and the first reference information type For the description of the signal type, refer to the method 300 for details. It can also be default, and the type of the first reference signal is defaulted from the event definition of the configuration information.

需要说明的是,在该事件的配置中,可以指示上报邻区的测量结果,也可以指示上报服务小区的测量结果,具体可参见方法300。It should be noted that in the configuration of this event, it may be instructed to report the measurement result of the neighboring cell, or may be instructed to report the measurement result of the serving cell. For details, refer to the method 300 .

需要说明的是,在收发单元610向终端设备发送测量配置信息之前,终端设备可以在于处理单元620建立RRC连接之后,向处理单元620指示终端设备的能力信息,该能力信息可以包括窄带终端能力,和/或,支持连接态测量放松的能力等,本申请对此不做特别限定。网络设备网络设备该收发单元610还用于接收终端设备的测量上报。It should be noted that, before the transceiver unit 610 sends the measurement configuration information to the terminal device, the terminal device may indicate the capability information of the terminal device to the processing unit 620 after the processing unit 620 establishes the RRC connection, and the capability information may include narrowband terminal capability, And/or, the ability to support connection state measurement relaxation, etc., which is not particularly limited in this application. Network device The transceiver unit 610 of the network device is also configured to receive a measurement report from a terminal device.

具体的,终端设备根据测量结果判断是否满足事件的触发条件,该触发条件可以为进入或离开第一事件,或进入或离开第二事件,根据上报配置中的配置向收发单元610进行测量上报消息,用于指示该终端满足进入或离开第一事件或者第二事件。Specifically, the terminal device judges whether the trigger condition of the event is met according to the measurement result. The trigger condition can be entering or leaving the first event, or entering or leaving the second event, and sends a measurement report message to the transceiver unit 610 according to the configuration in the reporting configuration. , used to indicate that the terminal satisfies the entering or leaving the first event or the second event.

该收发单元610还用于向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示终端设备进入测量放松状态。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the measurement relaxation state.

具体的,若处理单元620根据终端设备发送的测量上报消息,判断该终端设备满足进入第一或者第二事件,则向终端发送第三指示消息,该指示信息可以包括在重新发送的测量配置信息中,可选的,其体现形式可以为在测量配置信息中包含待测量的频率信息或小区列表信息,上述信息与终端设备之前收到的测量配置信息相比,待测量的频率和小区数目更少,使得终端设备可以测量更少的频率,或,更少的小区数目等,即相当于进入测量放松状态。可选的,其体现形式可以为在测量配置信息中,在带测量的频点信息或小区信息中,添加指示字段,用于指示终端设备对该频率或者该小区需要进行测量放松。可选的,其体现形式可以为测量配置信息中,具体指示终端设备测量放松的内容,该内容可以参见方法300中对应的装置的相关描述。第三指示信息可以是承载在RRC重配消息中。Specifically, if the processing unit 620 judges that the terminal device satisfies entering the first or second event according to the measurement report message sent by the terminal device, it sends a third indication message to the terminal, and the indication information may be included in the resent measurement configuration information Among them, optionally, the embodiment may be that the frequency information to be measured or cell list information is included in the measurement configuration information. Compared with the measurement configuration information previously received by the terminal device, the above information has more frequency information and the number of cells to be measured. less, so that the terminal equipment can measure fewer frequencies, or the number of cells is smaller, which is equivalent to entering the measurement relaxation state. Optionally, it can be expressed in the form of adding an indication field in the measurement configuration information, in the frequency point information with measurement or in the cell information, to indicate that the terminal device needs to perform measurement relaxation on the frequency or the cell. Optionally, the embodiment may be the content in the measurement configuration information that specifically instructs the terminal device to measure relaxation. For the content, refer to the relevant description of the corresponding apparatus in method 300 . The third indication information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.

可选的,该指示信息也可以以一条单独的信息发送,指示终端设备具体的测量放松的内容,具体描述可以参见方法300中对应的装置的相关描述Optionally, the instruction information may also be sent as a separate message, indicating the specific content of measurement relaxation for the terminal device. For specific description, please refer to the description of the corresponding device in method 300.

该收发单元610还用于向终端设备发送指示结束测量放松状态的指示信息。The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to send indication information indicating the end of the measurement relaxation state to the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备测量放松状态测量后发现满足离开第一事件或离开第二事件,可以向收发单元610上报离开第一事件或第二事件,也可以单独向网络设备发送指示信息,指示离开第一事件或第二事件。终端设备可以自行决定停止放松并向收发单元610发送测量上报消息,用于通知处理单元620该终端设备离开第一或第二事件。In this embodiment of the application, after the terminal device measures the relaxed state and finds that the first event or the second event is met, it may report the first event or the second event to the transceiver unit 610, and may also send indication information to the network device separately. , indicating to leave the first event or the second event. The terminal device may decide to stop relaxing and send a measurement report message to the transceiver unit 610 for notifying the processing unit 620 that the terminal device leaves the first or second event.

可选的,也可以收到收发单元610发送的停止测量放松后,在停止进行测量放松。收发单元610发送的停止测量放松指示可以包含在RRC重配置,也可以是在MAC CE中。可以针对某一小区或者频率或者某一测量对象等进行指示。Optionally, after receiving the stop measurement relaxation sent by the transceiver unit 610, the measurement relaxation may be stopped. The stop measurement relaxation indication sent by the transceiver unit 610 may be included in the RRC reconfiguration, or may be included in the MAC CE. The indication can be made for a certain cell or frequency or a certain measurement object.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例500中的终端设备,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中终端设备的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法500中的终端设备对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment 500 above, or a chip for realizing the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the terminal device in the method 500 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于接收分布式单元发送的系统消息。The transceiver unit 610 is configured to receive the system message sent by the distributed unit.

处理单元620,根据系统消息中的第信息确定第一小区禁止接入。The processing unit 620 is configured to determine that access to the first cell is prohibited according to the first information in the system message.

具体的,收发单元610接收系统消息中的第一消息,处理单元620根据自身的1R或2R能力,确定第一小区不能接入,进一步的,处理单元620根据第一信息执行同频或者异频的小区重选。Specifically, the transceiver unit 610 receives the first message in the system message, and the processing unit 620 determines that the first cell cannot be accessed according to its own 1R or 2R capability. Further, the processing unit 620 performs the same-frequency or different-frequency cell reselection.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例500中的分布式单元,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中分布式单元的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法500中的分布式单元对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the distributed unit in the method embodiment 500 above, or a chip for realizing the functions of the distributed unit in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication device 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the distributed unit in the method 500 of the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于接收集中式单元发送的第一信息。The transceiver unit 610 is configured to receive the first information sent by the centralized unit.

处理单元620,用于将第一信息添加到系统消息中。The processing unit 620 is configured to add the first information to the system message.

该收发单元还用于向终端设备发送系统消息。The transceiver unit is also used to send system messages to the terminal equipment.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置600可以是上文方法实施例500中的集中式单元,也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中集中式单元的功能的芯片。应理解,该通信装置600可以对应于本申请实施例的方法500中的集中式单元对应的步骤。该通信装置600包括:In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be the centralized unit in the method embodiment 500 above, or a chip for realizing the functions of the centralized unit in the method embodiment above. It should be understood that the communication device 600 may correspond to the steps corresponding to the centralized unit in the method 500 in the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes:

收发单元610,用于向分布式单元发送第一信息。The transceiver unit 610 is configured to send the first information to the distributed unit.

处理单元620,用于确定终端设备禁止接入第一小区。The processing unit 620 is configured to determine that the terminal device is prohibited from accessing the first cell.

图7是本申请实施例的通信装置700的示意图,该通信装置700包括:收发器710、处理器720和存储器730。该存储器730,用于存储指令。该处理器720与存储器730耦合,用于执行存储器中存储的指令,以执行上述本申请实施例提供的方法。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 700 according to an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 includes: a transceiver 710 , a processor 720 and a memory 730 . The memory 730 is used to store instructions. The processor 720 is coupled with the memory 730, and is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, so as to execute the method provided by the foregoing embodiments of the present application.

具体的,该通信装置700中的收发器710可以对应于通信装置600中的收发单元610,该通信装置700中的处理器720可以对应于通信装置600中的处理单元620。Specifically, the transceiver 710 in the communication device 700 may correspond to the transceiver unit 610 in the communication device 600 , and the processor 720 in the communication device 700 may correspond to the processing unit 620 in the communication device 600 .

应理解,上述存储器730和处理器720可以合成一个处理装置,处理器720用于执行存储器730中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器730也可以集成在处理器720中,或者独立于处理器720。It should be understood that the memory 730 and the processor 720 may be combined into one processing device, and the processor 720 is configured to execute the program codes stored in the memory 730 to implement the above functions. During specific implementation, the memory 730 may also be integrated in the processor 720 , or be independent of the processor 720 .

应理解,各收发器处理器执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each transceiver processor performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes. .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (26)

1. A method of communication, comprising:
the method comprises the steps that terminal equipment receives first indication information sent by network equipment, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating the terminal equipment to carry out first judgment on a reference signal of a first reference signal type, and the first judgment is used for judging whether a relation between a measurement value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and a first threshold value meets a first criterion or not;
the terminal equipment measures the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information in a connection state to obtain a first measurement value;
and the terminal equipment sends second indication information to the network equipment, wherein the second indication information is used for indicating that the relation between the first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
and the terminal equipment receives third indication information sent by the network equipment, wherein the third indication information is used for indicating the terminal equipment to enter a measurement relaxation state in a connection state.
3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first indication information is further used for indicating the first threshold.
4. A method according to any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first criterion comprises a static criterion and/or a non-cell edge criterion.
5. Method according to any of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first reference signal type comprises a synchronization signal block, SSB, and/or a channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS.
6. The method according to any of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first indication information or the third indication information is further used for indicating a measurement configuration of the reference signals of the first reference signal type in a measurement relaxed state, and the measurement configuration of the reference signals of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxed state comprises a first measurement period of the reference signals of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxed state.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the first indication information is further used for indicating a measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in a measurement relaxed state, and wherein the measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxed state comprises a second measurement period in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxed state.
8. The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the first measurement period is larger than the second measurement period.
9. The method according to any of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first indication information is included in measurement configuration information or reporting configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device, or,
and the first indication information is sent to the terminal equipment by the network equipment through broadcasting or special signaling.
10. The method according to any of claims 1 to 9, wherein the first deciding whether a relation between the measured value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and a first threshold satisfies a first criterion comprises: the first decision is for deciding that a relation between the measurement of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion for a first time, or,
the first determining is to determine that a relationship between the first threshold and a measurement of the reference signal of the first reference signal type does not satisfy the first criterion for a second time.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the first time is greater than or equal to the second time.
12. A method of communication, comprising:
the method comprises the steps that network equipment sends first indication information to terminal equipment, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating the terminal equipment to carry out first judgment on a reference signal of a first reference signal type, and the first judgment is used for judging whether the relation between the measurement value of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and a first threshold meets a first criterion or not;
and the network equipment receives second indication information sent by the terminal equipment, wherein the second indication information is used for indicating that the relation between a first measurement value and the first threshold meets the first criterion, and the first measurement value is obtained by measuring the reference signal of the first reference signal type according to the first indication information in a connection state of the terminal equipment.
13. The method of claim 12, further comprising:
and the network equipment sends third indication information to the terminal equipment, wherein the third indication information is used for indicating the terminal equipment to enter a measurement relaxation state in a connection state.
14. The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the first indication information is further used for indicating the first threshold.
15. The method according to any of claims 12 to 14, wherein the first criterion comprises a static criterion and/or a non-cell edge criterion.
16. The method according to any of claims 12 to 15, wherein the first reference signal type comprises a synchronization signal block, SSB, and/or a channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS.
17. The method according to any of claims 12 to 16, wherein the first indication information or the third indication information is further used for indicating a measurement configuration of the reference signals of the first reference signal type in a measurement relaxed state, and the measurement configuration of the reference signals of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxed state comprises a first measurement period of the reference signals of the first reference signal type in the measurement relaxed state.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein the first indication information is further used for indicating a measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in a measurement relaxed state, and wherein the measurement configuration in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxed state comprises a second measurement period in which the reference signal of the first reference signal type is not in the measurement relaxed state.
19. The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the first measurement period is greater than the second measurement period.
20. The method according to any of claims 12 to 19, wherein the first indication information is included in measurement configuration information or reporting configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device, or,
and the first indication information is sent to the terminal equipment by the network equipment through broadcasting or special signaling.
21. The method according to any of claims 12 to 20, wherein the first deciding whether a relation between a measurement value of a reference signal of the first reference signal type and a first threshold satisfies a first criterion comprises: the first decision is for deciding that a relation between the measurement of the reference signal of the first reference signal type and the first threshold satisfies the first criterion for a first time, or,
the first determining is to determine that a relationship between the first threshold and a measurement of the reference signal of the first reference signal type does not satisfy the first criterion for a second time.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the first time is greater than or equal to the second time.
23. A communications apparatus, comprising:
a memory for storing program instructions and data;
a processor, coupled to the memory, to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method of any of claims 1 to 11.
24. A communications apparatus, comprising:
a memory for storing program instructions and data;
a processor, coupled to the memory, to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method of any of claims 12 to 22.
25. A computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon computer instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the communication method of any one of claims 1 to 22.
26. A chip comprising a processor and a memory, the memory for storing a computer program, the processor for invoking and executing a computer medium stored in the memory to perform the method of any of claims 1-22.
CN202111223091.1A 2021-07-28 2021-10-20 Communication method and communication device Pending CN115696392A (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/106433 WO2023005730A1 (en) 2021-07-28 2022-07-19 Communication method and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2021108546589 2021-07-28
CN202110854658 2021-07-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN115696392A true CN115696392A (en) 2023-02-03

Family

ID=85059653

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202111223091.1A Pending CN115696392A (en) 2021-07-28 2021-10-20 Communication method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115696392A (en)
WO (1) WO2023005730A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025054748A1 (en) * 2023-09-11 2025-03-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for wireless communication and terminal device

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9960830B2 (en) * 2016-04-04 2018-05-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for managing beam in beamforming system
CN111726817B (en) * 2019-03-18 2023-08-15 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 An information processing method, device, device, and computer-readable storage medium
CN111615119B (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-03-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measurement method, configuration method, terminal and network side equipment
CN111800800B (en) * 2019-08-15 2022-02-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measurement method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN112702756A (en) * 2019-10-23 2021-04-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and equipment for adjusting RLM (recursive least squares) and/or BFD (bidirectional Forwarding detection)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025054748A1 (en) * 2023-09-11 2025-03-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for wireless communication and terminal device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023005730A1 (en) 2023-02-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN107078890B (en) Network node and method in a wireless telecommunications network
US9736725B2 (en) Method and apparatus for applying signaling of WLAN-3GPP interworking
JP7323628B2 (en) Measuring method and apparatus for terminal and terminal
US10327182B2 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus
CN113473556B (en) Relaxation measurement method and communication device
JP7222099B2 (en) Method and device for RRM measurement
CN113543193B (en) Relaxation measurement method and communication device
CN114982274B (en) UE energy saving mechanism under early measurement report
CN110611922A (en) Method for measuring cell and terminal equipment
US12028723B2 (en) Method for frequency measurement and related apparatuses
US20150043560A1 (en) Method and apparatus of improving measurement reporting involving wlan in a wireless communication system
EP2428092A1 (en) Method and arrangement in a radio communications system for dynamic carrier mode switching
EP2903221B1 (en) Method of performing traffic steering in a wireless network system and related wireless network system
WO2022029064A1 (en) Cell reselection-related information associated with network slice or closed access group for wireless networks
WO2015169364A1 (en) A method and apparatus
WO2023005730A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP3328154B1 (en) Measurement reporting method for wireless local area network (wlan), and related device
CN103209426B (en) A kind of user terminal alien frequencies switch before method of measurement and device
WO2014121688A1 (en) Wlan load determination method, device and system
WO2016089280A2 (en) Efficient communication of network identifiers
WO2023046190A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN118804128A (en) A cell reselection method and communication device
CN118235451A (en) User device, control method, recording medium, and communication system
CN119948819A (en) Configuring gaps for MUSIM-capable UEs
CN117561741A (en) Cell measurement method, message sending method, device, equipment and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination